]> git.ipfire.org Git - thirdparty/binutils-gdb.git/blame - gas/doc/as.texinfo
daily update
[thirdparty/binutils-gdb.git] / gas / doc / as.texinfo
CommitLineData
252b5132 1\input texinfo @c -*-Texinfo-*-
f7e42eb4 2@c Copyright 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000,
aea77599 3@c 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012
252b5132
RH
4@c Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5@c UPDATE!! On future updates--
6@c (1) check for new machine-dep cmdline options in
7@c md_parse_option definitions in config/tc-*.c
8@c (2) for platform-specific directives, examine md_pseudo_op
9@c in config/tc-*.c
10@c (3) for object-format specific directives, examine obj_pseudo_op
01642c12 11@c in config/obj-*.c
252b5132
RH
12@c (4) portable directives in potable[] in read.c
13@c %**start of header
14@setfilename as.info
15@c ---config---
a4fb0134
SC
16@macro gcctabopt{body}
17@code{\body\}
18@end macro
252b5132
RH
19@c defaults, config file may override:
20@set have-stabs
21@c ---
4a4c4a1d
MR
22@c man begin NAME
23@c ---
252b5132 24@include asconfig.texi
c428fa83 25@include bfdver.texi
252b5132 26@c ---
0285c67d 27@c man end
4a4c4a1d 28@c ---
252b5132 29@c common OR combinations of conditions
c1253627
NC
30@ifset COFF
31@set COFF-ELF
32@end ifset
33@ifset ELF
34@set COFF-ELF
35@end ifset
252b5132
RH
36@ifset AOUT
37@set aout-bout
38@end ifset
39@ifset ARM/Thumb
40@set ARM
41@end ifset
9982501a
JZ
42@ifset Blackfin
43@set Blackfin
44@end ifset
252b5132
RH
45@ifset BOUT
46@set aout-bout
47@end ifset
48@ifset H8/300
49@set H8
50@end ifset
252b5132
RH
51@ifset SH
52@set H8
53@end ifset
54@ifset HPPA
55@set abnormal-separator
56@end ifset
57@c ------------
58@ifset GENERIC
59@settitle Using @value{AS}
60@end ifset
61@ifclear GENERIC
62@settitle Using @value{AS} (@value{TARGET})
63@end ifclear
64@setchapternewpage odd
65@c %**end of header
66
67@c @smallbook
68@c @set SMALL
69@c WARE! Some of the machine-dependent sections contain tables of machine
70@c instructions. Except in multi-column format, these tables look silly.
71@c Unfortunately, Texinfo doesn't have a general-purpose multi-col format, so
72@c the multi-col format is faked within @example sections.
01642c12 73@c
252b5132
RH
74@c Again unfortunately, the natural size that fits on a page, for these tables,
75@c is different depending on whether or not smallbook is turned on.
76@c This matters, because of order: text flow switches columns at each page
77@c break.
01642c12 78@c
252b5132
RH
79@c The format faked in this source works reasonably well for smallbook,
80@c not well for the default large-page format. This manual expects that if you
81@c turn on @smallbook, you will also uncomment the "@set SMALL" to enable the
82@c tables in question. You can turn on one without the other at your
01642c12 83@c discretion, of course.
252b5132
RH
84@ifinfo
85@set SMALL
86@c the insn tables look just as silly in info files regardless of smallbook,
87@c might as well show 'em anyways.
88@end ifinfo
89
9160ea82
AM
90@ifnottex
91@dircategory Software development
92@direntry
252b5132 93* As: (as). The GNU assembler.
59455fb1 94* Gas: (as). The GNU assembler.
9160ea82
AM
95@end direntry
96@end ifnottex
252b5132
RH
97
98@finalout
99@syncodeindex ky cp
100
0e9517a9 101@copying
252b5132
RH
102This file documents the GNU Assembler "@value{AS}".
103
0285c67d 104@c man begin COPYRIGHT
9fbcbd81 105Copyright @copyright{} 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999,
7c31ae13
NC
1062000, 2001, 2002, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011 Free Software Foundation,
107Inc.
252b5132 108
0285c67d 109Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
793c5807 110under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3
0285c67d
NC
111or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
112with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
113Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the
c1253627 114section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
0285c67d
NC
115
116@c man end
0e9517a9 117@end copying
252b5132
RH
118
119@titlepage
120@title Using @value{AS}
121@subtitle The @sc{gnu} Assembler
122@ifclear GENERIC
123@subtitle for the @value{TARGET} family
124@end ifclear
e49e529d
JM
125@ifset VERSION_PACKAGE
126@sp 1
127@subtitle @value{VERSION_PACKAGE}
128@end ifset
252b5132
RH
129@sp 1
130@subtitle Version @value{VERSION}
131@sp 1
132@sp 13
b45619c0 133The Free Software Foundation Inc.@: thanks The Nice Computer
252b5132 134Company of Australia for loaning Dean Elsner to write the
a4fb0134 135first (Vax) version of @command{as} for Project @sc{gnu}.
252b5132
RH
136The proprietors, management and staff of TNCCA thank FSF for
137distracting the boss while they got some work
138done.
139@sp 3
140@author Dean Elsner, Jay Fenlason & friends
141@page
142@tex
143{\parskip=0pt
144\hfill {\it Using {\tt @value{AS}}}\par
145\hfill Edited by Cygnus Support\par
146}
147%"boxit" macro for figures:
148%Modified from Knuth's ``boxit'' macro from TeXbook (answer to exercise 21.3)
149\gdef\boxit#1#2{\vbox{\hrule\hbox{\vrule\kern3pt
150 \vbox{\parindent=0pt\parskip=0pt\hsize=#1\kern3pt\strut\hfil
151#2\hfil\strut\kern3pt}\kern3pt\vrule}\hrule}}%box with visible outline
152\gdef\ibox#1#2{\hbox to #1{#2\hfil}\kern8pt}% invisible box
153@end tex
154
155@vskip 0pt plus 1filll
9fbcbd81 156Copyright @copyright{} 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999,
7c31ae13
NC
1572000, 2001, 2002, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011 Free Software Foundation,
158Inc.
252b5132 159
cf055d54 160 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
793c5807 161 under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3
cf055d54
NC
162 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
163 with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
164 Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the
c1253627 165 section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
252b5132 166
252b5132 167@end titlepage
4ecceb71 168@contents
252b5132 169
2e64b665 170@ifnottex
252b5132
RH
171@node Top
172@top Using @value{AS}
173
e49e529d
JM
174This file is a user guide to the @sc{gnu} assembler @command{@value{AS}}
175@ifset VERSION_PACKAGE
176@value{VERSION_PACKAGE}
177@end ifset
178version @value{VERSION}.
252b5132 179@ifclear GENERIC
a4fb0134 180This version of the file describes @command{@value{AS}} configured to generate
252b5132
RH
181code for @value{TARGET} architectures.
182@end ifclear
cf055d54
NC
183
184This document is distributed under the terms of the GNU Free
185Documentation License. A copy of the license is included in the
c1253627 186section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
cf055d54 187
252b5132
RH
188@menu
189* Overview:: Overview
190* Invoking:: Command-Line Options
191* Syntax:: Syntax
192* Sections:: Sections and Relocation
193* Symbols:: Symbols
194* Expressions:: Expressions
195* Pseudo Ops:: Assembler Directives
3a99f02f
DJ
196@ifset ELF
197* Object Attributes:: Object Attributes
198@end ifset
252b5132
RH
199* Machine Dependencies:: Machine Dependent Features
200* Reporting Bugs:: Reporting Bugs
201* Acknowledgements:: Who Did What
cf055d54 202* GNU Free Documentation License:: GNU Free Documentation License
28c9d252 203* AS Index:: AS Index
252b5132 204@end menu
2e64b665 205@end ifnottex
252b5132
RH
206
207@node Overview
208@chapter Overview
209@iftex
a4fb0134 210This manual is a user guide to the @sc{gnu} assembler @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132 211@ifclear GENERIC
a4fb0134 212This version of the manual describes @command{@value{AS}} configured to generate
252b5132
RH
213code for @value{TARGET} architectures.
214@end ifclear
215@end iftex
216
217@cindex invocation summary
218@cindex option summary
219@cindex summary of options
a4fb0134 220Here is a brief summary of how to invoke @command{@value{AS}}. For details,
96e9638b 221see @ref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}.
252b5132 222
0285c67d
NC
223@c man title AS the portable GNU assembler.
224
a4fb0134 225@ignore
0285c67d
NC
226@c man begin SEEALSO
227gcc(1), ld(1), and the Info entries for @file{binutils} and @file{ld}.
228@c man end
a4fb0134 229@end ignore
0285c67d 230
252b5132
RH
231@c We don't use deffn and friends for the following because they seem
232@c to be limited to one line for the header.
233@smallexample
0285c67d 234@c man begin SYNOPSIS
83f10cb2 235@value{AS} [@b{-a}[@b{cdghlns}][=@var{file}]] [@b{--alternate}] [@b{-D}]
955974c6 236 [@b{--compress-debug-sections}] [@b{--nocompress-debug-sections}]
3d6b762c 237 [@b{--debug-prefix-map} @var{old}=@var{new}]
4bdd3565
NC
238 [@b{--defsym} @var{sym}=@var{val}] [@b{-f}] [@b{-g}] [@b{--gstabs}]
239 [@b{--gstabs+}] [@b{--gdwarf-2}] [@b{--help}] [@b{-I} @var{dir}] [@b{-J}]
240 [@b{-K}] [@b{-L}] [@b{--listing-lhs-width}=@var{NUM}]
241 [@b{--listing-lhs-width2}=@var{NUM}] [@b{--listing-rhs-width}=@var{NUM}]
242 [@b{--listing-cont-lines}=@var{NUM}] [@b{--keep-locals}] [@b{-o}
243 @var{objfile}] [@b{-R}] [@b{--reduce-memory-overheads}] [@b{--statistics}]
244 [@b{-v}] [@b{-version}] [@b{--version}] [@b{-W}] [@b{--warn}]
a0b7da79 245 [@b{--fatal-warnings}] [@b{-w}] [@b{-x}] [@b{-Z}] [@b{@@@var{FILE}}]
21be61f5 246 [@b{--size-check=[error|warning]}]
a0b7da79
MM
247 [@b{--target-help}] [@var{target-options}]
248 [@b{--}|@var{files} @dots{}]
a4fb0134
SC
249@c
250@c Target dependent options are listed below. Keep the list sorted.
01642c12 251@c Add an empty line for separation.
a06ea964
NC
252@ifset AARCH64
253
254@emph{Target AArch64 options:}
255 [@b{-EB}|@b{-EL}]
256@end ifset
625e1353
RH
257@ifset ALPHA
258
259@emph{Target Alpha options:}
260 [@b{-m@var{cpu}}]
261 [@b{-mdebug} | @b{-no-mdebug}]
198f1251 262 [@b{-replace} | @b{-noreplace}]
625e1353
RH
263 [@b{-relax}] [@b{-g}] [@b{-G@var{size}}]
264 [@b{-F}] [@b{-32addr}]
265@end ifset
252b5132 266@ifset ARC
a4fb0134
SC
267
268@emph{Target ARC options:}
269 [@b{-marc[5|6|7|8]}]
270 [@b{-EB}|@b{-EL}]
252b5132
RH
271@end ifset
272@ifset ARM
a4fb0134
SC
273
274@emph{Target ARM options:}
03b1477f 275@c Don't document the deprecated options
92081f48
HPN
276 [@b{-mcpu}=@var{processor}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]]
277 [@b{-march}=@var{architecture}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]]
33a392fb
PB
278 [@b{-mfpu}=@var{floating-point-format}]
279 [@b{-mfloat-abi}=@var{abi}]
d507cf36 280 [@b{-meabi}=@var{ver}]
03b1477f 281 [@b{-mthumb}]
a4fb0134
SC
282 [@b{-EB}|@b{-EL}]
283 [@b{-mapcs-32}|@b{-mapcs-26}|@b{-mapcs-float}|
284 @b{-mapcs-reentrant}]
7f266840 285 [@b{-mthumb-interwork}] [@b{-k}]
252b5132 286@end ifset
9982501a
JZ
287@ifset Blackfin
288
289@emph{Target Blackfin options:}
290 [@b{-mcpu}=@var{processor}[-@var{sirevision}]]
291 [@b{-mfdpic}]
292 [@b{-mno-fdpic}]
293 [@b{-mnopic}]
294@end ifset
328eb32e
HPN
295@ifset CRIS
296
297@emph{Target CRIS options:}
298 [@b{--underscore} | @b{--no-underscore}]
299 [@b{--pic}] [@b{-N}]
300 [@b{--emulation=criself} | @b{--emulation=crisaout}]
ae57792d 301 [@b{--march=v0_v10} | @b{--march=v10} | @b{--march=v32} | @b{--march=common_v10_v32}]
328eb32e
HPN
302@c Deprecated -- deliberately not documented.
303@c [@b{-h}] [@b{-H}]
304@end ifset
252b5132 305@ifset D10V
a4fb0134
SC
306
307@emph{Target D10V options:}
308 [@b{-O}]
252b5132
RH
309@end ifset
310@ifset D30V
a4fb0134
SC
311
312@emph{Target D30V options:}
313 [@b{-O}|@b{-n}|@b{-N}]
252b5132 314@end ifset
cfb8c092
NC
315@ifset EPIPHANY
316
317@emph{Target EPIPHANY options:}
318 [@b{-mepiphany}|@b{-mepiphany16}]
319@end ifset
252b5132 320@ifset H8
6fd4f6cc
DD
321
322@emph{Target H8/300 options:}
323 [-h-tick-hex]
252b5132
RH
324@end ifset
325@ifset HPPA
326@c HPPA has no machine-dependent assembler options (yet).
327@end ifset
a4fb0134
SC
328@ifset I80386
329
330@emph{Target i386 options:}
542385d9 331 [@b{--32}|@b{--x32}|@b{--64}] [@b{-n}]
1ef52f49 332 [@b{-march}=@var{CPU}[+@var{EXTENSION}@dots{}]] [@b{-mtune}=@var{CPU}]
252b5132
RH
333@end ifset
334@ifset I960
a4fb0134
SC
335
336@emph{Target i960 options:}
252b5132 337@c see md_parse_option in tc-i960.c
a4fb0134
SC
338 [@b{-ACA}|@b{-ACA_A}|@b{-ACB}|@b{-ACC}|@b{-AKA}|@b{-AKB}|
339 @b{-AKC}|@b{-AMC}]
340 [@b{-b}] [@b{-no-relax}]
252b5132 341@end ifset
587fe2b3 342@ifset IA64
a4fb0134 343
9e32ca89
NC
344@emph{Target IA-64 options:}
345 [@b{-mconstant-gp}|@b{-mauto-pic}]
346 [@b{-milp32}|@b{-milp64}|@b{-mlp64}|@b{-mp64}]
347 [@b{-mle}|@b{mbe}]
8c2fda1d 348 [@b{-mtune=itanium1}|@b{-mtune=itanium2}]
970d6792 349 [@b{-munwind-check=warning}|@b{-munwind-check=error}]
91d777ee 350 [@b{-mhint.b=ok}|@b{-mhint.b=warning}|@b{-mhint.b=error}]
9e32ca89
NC
351 [@b{-x}|@b{-xexplicit}] [@b{-xauto}] [@b{-xdebug}]
352@end ifset
a40cbfa3
NC
353@ifset IP2K
354
355@emph{Target IP2K options:}
356 [@b{-mip2022}|@b{-mip2022ext}]
357@end ifset
49f58d10
JB
358@ifset M32C
359
360@emph{Target M32C options:}
c54b5932 361 [@b{-m32c}|@b{-m16c}] [-relax] [-h-tick-hex]
49f58d10 362@end ifset
587fe2b3 363@ifset M32R
9e32ca89 364
a4fb0134
SC
365@emph{Target M32R options:}
366 [@b{--m32rx}|@b{--[no-]warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts}|
587fe2b3 367 @b{--W[n]p}]
ec694b89 368@end ifset
252b5132 369@ifset M680X0
a4fb0134
SC
370
371@emph{Target M680X0 options:}
372 [@b{-l}] [@b{-m68000}|@b{-m68010}|@b{-m68020}|@dots{}]
252b5132 373@end ifset
60bcf0fa 374@ifset M68HC11
a4fb0134
SC
375
376@emph{Target M68HC11 options:}
6927f982 377 [@b{-m68hc11}|@b{-m68hc12}|@b{-m68hcs12}|@b{-mm9s12x}|@b{-mm9s12xg}]
2f904664
SC
378 [@b{-mshort}|@b{-mlong}]
379 [@b{-mshort-double}|@b{-mlong-double}]
1370e33d 380 [@b{--force-long-branches}] [@b{--short-branches}]
a4fb0134
SC
381 [@b{--strict-direct-mode}] [@b{--print-insn-syntax}]
382 [@b{--print-opcodes}] [@b{--generate-example}]
383@end ifset
384@ifset MCORE
385
386@emph{Target MCORE options:}
387 [@b{-jsri2bsr}] [@b{-sifilter}] [@b{-relax}]
388 [@b{-mcpu=[210|340]}]
60bcf0fa 389@end ifset
a3c62988
NC
390@ifset METAG
391
392@emph{Target Meta options:}
393 [@b{-mcpu=@var{cpu}}] [@b{-mfpu=@var{cpu}}] [@b{-mdsp=@var{cpu}}]
394@end ifset
7ba29e2a
NC
395@ifset MICROBLAZE
396@emph{Target MICROBLAZE options:}
397@c MicroBlaze has no machine-dependent assembler options.
398@end ifset
252b5132 399@ifset MIPS
a4fb0134
SC
400
401@emph{Target MIPS options:}
78849248 402 [@b{-nocpp}] [@b{-EL}] [@b{-EB}] [@b{-O}[@var{optimization level}]]
437ee9d5 403 [@b{-g}[@var{debug level}]] [@b{-G} @var{num}] [@b{-KPIC}] [@b{-call_shared}]
0c000745 404 [@b{-non_shared}] [@b{-xgot} [@b{-mvxworks-pic}]
437ee9d5
TS
405 [@b{-mabi}=@var{ABI}] [@b{-32}] [@b{-n32}] [@b{-64}] [@b{-mfp32}] [@b{-mgp32}]
406 [@b{-march}=@var{CPU}] [@b{-mtune}=@var{CPU}] [@b{-mips1}] [@b{-mips2}]
af7ee8bf 407 [@b{-mips3}] [@b{-mips4}] [@b{-mips5}] [@b{-mips32}] [@b{-mips32r2}]
5f74bc13 408 [@b{-mips64}] [@b{-mips64r2}]
437ee9d5
TS
409 [@b{-construct-floats}] [@b{-no-construct-floats}]
410 [@b{-trap}] [@b{-no-break}] [@b{-break}] [@b{-no-trap}]
437ee9d5 411 [@b{-mips16}] [@b{-no-mips16}]
df58fc94 412 [@b{-mmicromips}] [@b{-mno-micromips}]
e16bfa71 413 [@b{-msmartmips}] [@b{-mno-smartmips}]
1f25f5d3 414 [@b{-mips3d}] [@b{-no-mips3d}]
deec1734 415 [@b{-mdmx}] [@b{-no-mdmx}]
2ef2b9ae 416 [@b{-mdsp}] [@b{-mno-dsp}]
8b082fb1 417 [@b{-mdspr2}] [@b{-mno-dspr2}]
ef2e4d86 418 [@b{-mmt}] [@b{-mno-mt}]
dec0624d 419 [@b{-mmcu}] [@b{-mno-mcu}]
2babba43
MR
420 [@b{-mfix7000}] [@b{-mno-fix7000}]
421 [@b{-mfix-vr4120}] [@b{-mno-fix-vr4120}]
422 [@b{-mfix-vr4130}] [@b{-mno-fix-vr4130}]
ecb4347a 423 [@b{-mdebug}] [@b{-no-mdebug}]
dcd410fe 424 [@b{-mpdr}] [@b{-mno-pdr}]
3c3bdf30
NC
425@end ifset
426@ifset MMIX
a4fb0134
SC
427
428@emph{Target MMIX options:}
429 [@b{--fixed-special-register-names}] [@b{--globalize-symbols}]
430 [@b{--gnu-syntax}] [@b{--relax}] [@b{--no-predefined-symbols}]
431 [@b{--no-expand}] [@b{--no-merge-gregs}] [@b{-x}]
973eb340 432 [@b{--linker-allocated-gregs}]
a4fb0134
SC
433@end ifset
434@ifset PDP11
435
436@emph{Target PDP11 options:}
437 [@b{-mpic}|@b{-mno-pic}] [@b{-mall}] [@b{-mno-extensions}]
438 [@b{-m}@var{extension}|@b{-mno-}@var{extension}]
01642c12 439 [@b{-m}@var{cpu}] [@b{-m}@var{machine}]
a4fb0134
SC
440@end ifset
441@ifset PJ
442
443@emph{Target picoJava options:}
444 [@b{-mb}|@b{-me}]
445@end ifset
446@ifset PPC
447
448@emph{Target PowerPC options:}
b8b738ac
AM
449 [@b{-a32}|@b{-a64}]
450 [@b{-mpwrx}|@b{-mpwr2}|@b{-mpwr}|@b{-m601}|@b{-mppc}|@b{-mppc32}|@b{-m603}|@b{-m604}|@b{-m403}|@b{-m405}|
451 @b{-m440}|@b{-m464}|@b{-m476}|@b{-m7400}|@b{-m7410}|@b{-m7450}|@b{-m7455}|@b{-m750cl}|@b{-mppc64}|
aea77599 452 @b{-m620}|@b{-me500}|@b{-e500x2}|@b{-me500mc}|@b{-me500mc64}|@b{-me5500}|@b{-me6500}|@b{-mppc64bridge}|
b36546d2 453 @b{-mbooke}|@b{-mpower4}|@b{-mpwr4}|@b{-mpower5}|@b{-mpwr5}|@b{-mpwr5x}|@b{-mpower6}|@b{-mpwr6}|
5817ffd1
PB
454 @b{-mpower7}|@b{-mpwr7}|@b{-mpower8}|@b{-mpwr8}|@b{-ma2}|@b{-mcell}|@b{-mspe}|@b{-mtitan}|@b{-me300}|@b{-mcom}]
455 [@b{-many}] [@b{-maltivec}|@b{-mvsx}|@b{-mhtm}|@b{-mvle}]
a4fb0134 456 [@b{-mregnames}|@b{-mno-regnames}]
b8b738ac
AM
457 [@b{-mrelocatable}|@b{-mrelocatable-lib}|@b{-K PIC}] [@b{-memb}]
458 [@b{-mlittle}|@b{-mlittle-endian}|@b{-le}|@b{-mbig}|@b{-mbig-endian}|@b{-be}]
a4fb0134 459 [@b{-msolaris}|@b{-mno-solaris}]
b8b738ac 460 [@b{-nops=@var{count}}]
a4fb0134 461@end ifset
c7927a3c
NC
462@ifset RX
463
464@emph{Target RX options:}
465 [@b{-mlittle-endian}|@b{-mbig-endian}]
c7927a3c 466 [@b{-m32bit-doubles}|@b{-m64bit-doubles}]
708e2187
NC
467 [@b{-muse-conventional-section-names}]
468 [@b{-msmall-data-limit}]
469 [@b{-mpid}]
470 [@b{-mrelax}]
471 [@b{-mint-register=@var{number}}]
472 [@b{-mgcc-abi}|@b{-mrx-abi}]
c7927a3c 473@end ifset
11c19e16
MS
474@ifset S390
475
476@emph{Target s390 options:}
477 [@b{-m31}|@b{-m64}] [@b{-mesa}|@b{-mzarch}] [@b{-march}=@var{CPU}]
478 [@b{-mregnames}|@b{-mno-regnames}]
479 [@b{-mwarn-areg-zero}]
480@end ifset
c3b7224a
NC
481@ifset SCORE
482
483@emph{Target SCORE options:}
484 [@b{-EB}][@b{-EL}][@b{-FIXDD}][@b{-NWARN}]
485 [@b{-SCORE5}][@b{-SCORE5U}][@b{-SCORE7}][@b{-SCORE3}]
486 [@b{-march=score7}][@b{-march=score3}]
487 [@b{-USE_R1}][@b{-KPIC}][@b{-O0}][@b{-G} @var{num}][@b{-V}]
488@end ifset
a4fb0134
SC
489@ifset SPARC
490
491@emph{Target SPARC options:}
492@c The order here is important. See c-sparc.texi.
493 [@b{-Av6}|@b{-Av7}|@b{-Av8}|@b{-Asparclet}|@b{-Asparclite}
494 @b{-Av8plus}|@b{-Av8plusa}|@b{-Av9}|@b{-Av9a}]
495 [@b{-xarch=v8plus}|@b{-xarch=v8plusa}] [@b{-bump}]
496 [@b{-32}|@b{-64}]
497@end ifset
498@ifset TIC54X
499
500@emph{Target TIC54X options:}
01642c12 501 [@b{-mcpu=54[123589]}|@b{-mcpu=54[56]lp}] [@b{-mfar-mode}|@b{-mf}]
a4fb0134
SC
502 [@b{-merrors-to-file} @var{<filename>}|@b{-me} @var{<filename>}]
503@end ifset
3c9b82ba 504
40b36596
JM
505@ifset TIC6X
506
507@emph{Target TIC6X options:}
98d23bef
BS
508 [@b{-march=@var{arch}}] [@b{-mbig-endian}|@b{-mlittle-endian}]
509 [@b{-mdsbt}|@b{-mno-dsbt}] [@b{-mpid=no}|@b{-mpid=near}|@b{-mpid=far}]
510 [@b{-mpic}|@b{-mno-pic}]
40b36596 511@end ifset
aa137e4d
NC
512@ifset TILEGX
513
514@emph{Target TILE-Gx options:}
fb6cedde 515 [@b{-m32}|@b{-m64}][@b{-EB}][@b{-EL}]
aa137e4d
NC
516@end ifset
517@ifset TILEPRO
518@c TILEPro has no machine-dependent assembler options
519@end ifset
40b36596 520
2d8b84ae
SA
521@ifset XTENSA
522
523@emph{Target Xtensa options:}
524 [@b{--[no-]text-section-literals}] [@b{--[no-]absolute-literals}]
525 [@b{--[no-]target-align}] [@b{--[no-]longcalls}]
526 [@b{--[no-]transform}]
527 [@b{--rename-section} @var{oldname}=@var{newname}]
528@end ifset
529
3c9b82ba
NC
530@ifset Z80
531
532@emph{Target Z80 options:}
533 [@b{-z80}] [@b{-r800}]
534 [@b{ -ignore-undocumented-instructions}] [@b{-Wnud}]
535 [@b{ -ignore-unportable-instructions}] [@b{-Wnup}]
536 [@b{ -warn-undocumented-instructions}] [@b{-Wud}]
537 [@b{ -warn-unportable-instructions}] [@b{-Wup}]
538 [@b{ -forbid-undocumented-instructions}] [@b{-Fud}]
539 [@b{ -forbid-unportable-instructions}] [@b{-Fup}]
540@end ifset
541
a4fb0134
SC
542@ifset Z8000
543@c Z8000 has no machine-dependent assembler options
252b5132 544@end ifset
e0001a05 545
0285c67d 546@c man end
252b5132
RH
547@end smallexample
548
0285c67d
NC
549@c man begin OPTIONS
550
a4fb0134 551@table @gcctabopt
38fc1cb1 552@include at-file.texi
a0b7da79 553
83f10cb2 554@item -a[cdghlmns]
252b5132
RH
555Turn on listings, in any of a variety of ways:
556
a4fb0134 557@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
558@item -ac
559omit false conditionals
560
561@item -ad
562omit debugging directives
563
83f10cb2
NC
564@item -ag
565include general information, like @value{AS} version and options passed
566
252b5132
RH
567@item -ah
568include high-level source
569
570@item -al
571include assembly
572
573@item -am
574include macro expansions
575
576@item -an
577omit forms processing
578
579@item -as
580include symbols
581
582@item =file
583set the name of the listing file
584@end table
585
586You may combine these options; for example, use @samp{-aln} for assembly
587listing without forms processing. The @samp{=file} option, if used, must be
588the last one. By itself, @samp{-a} defaults to @samp{-ahls}.
589
caa32fe5 590@item --alternate
96e9638b
BW
591Begin in alternate macro mode.
592@ifclear man
593@xref{Altmacro,,@code{.altmacro}}.
594@end ifclear
caa32fe5 595
955974c6
CC
596@item --compress-debug-sections
597Compress DWARF debug sections using zlib. The debug sections are renamed
598to begin with @samp{.zdebug}, and the resulting object file may not be
599compatible with older linkers and object file utilities.
600
601@item --nocompress-debug-sections
602Do not compress DWARF debug sections. This is the default.
603
252b5132
RH
604@item -D
605Ignored. This option is accepted for script compatibility with calls to
606other assemblers.
607
3d6b762c
JM
608@item --debug-prefix-map @var{old}=@var{new}
609When assembling files in directory @file{@var{old}}, record debugging
610information describing them as in @file{@var{new}} instead.
611
252b5132
RH
612@item --defsym @var{sym}=@var{value}
613Define the symbol @var{sym} to be @var{value} before assembling the input file.
614@var{value} must be an integer constant. As in C, a leading @samp{0x}
bf083c64
NC
615indicates a hexadecimal value, and a leading @samp{0} indicates an octal
616value. The value of the symbol can be overridden inside a source file via the
617use of a @code{.set} pseudo-op.
252b5132
RH
618
619@item -f
620``fast''---skip whitespace and comment preprocessing (assume source is
621compiler output).
622
329e276d
NC
623@item -g
624@itemx --gen-debug
625Generate debugging information for each assembler source line using whichever
626debug format is preferred by the target. This currently means either STABS,
627ECOFF or DWARF2.
628
252b5132
RH
629@item --gstabs
630Generate stabs debugging information for each assembler line. This
631may help debugging assembler code, if the debugger can handle it.
632
05da4302
NC
633@item --gstabs+
634Generate stabs debugging information for each assembler line, with GNU
635extensions that probably only gdb can handle, and that could make other
636debuggers crash or refuse to read your program. This
637may help debugging assembler code. Currently the only GNU extension is
638the location of the current working directory at assembling time.
639
329e276d 640@item --gdwarf-2
cdf82bcf 641Generate DWARF2 debugging information for each assembler line. This
c1253627 642may help debugging assembler code, if the debugger can handle it. Note---this
85a39694 643option is only supported by some targets, not all of them.
cdf82bcf 644
21be61f5
L
645@item --size-check=error
646@itemx --size-check=warning
647Issue an error or warning for invalid ELF .size directive.
648
252b5132
RH
649@item --help
650Print a summary of the command line options and exit.
651
ea20a7da
CC
652@item --target-help
653Print a summary of all target specific options and exit.
654
252b5132
RH
655@item -I @var{dir}
656Add directory @var{dir} to the search list for @code{.include} directives.
657
658@item -J
659Don't warn about signed overflow.
660
661@item -K
662@ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
663This option is accepted but has no effect on the @value{TARGET} family.
664@end ifclear
665@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
666Issue warnings when difference tables altered for long displacements.
667@end ifset
668
669@item -L
670@itemx --keep-locals
ba83aca1
BW
671Keep (in the symbol table) local symbols. These symbols start with
672system-specific local label prefixes, typically @samp{.L} for ELF systems
673or @samp{L} for traditional a.out systems.
674@ifclear man
675@xref{Symbol Names}.
676@end ifclear
252b5132 677
c3a27914
NC
678@item --listing-lhs-width=@var{number}
679Set the maximum width, in words, of the output data column for an assembler
680listing to @var{number}.
681
682@item --listing-lhs-width2=@var{number}
683Set the maximum width, in words, of the output data column for continuation
684lines in an assembler listing to @var{number}.
685
686@item --listing-rhs-width=@var{number}
687Set the maximum width of an input source line, as displayed in a listing, to
688@var{number} bytes.
689
690@item --listing-cont-lines=@var{number}
691Set the maximum number of lines printed in a listing for a single line of input
692to @var{number} + 1.
693
252b5132 694@item -o @var{objfile}
a4fb0134 695Name the object-file output from @command{@value{AS}} @var{objfile}.
252b5132
RH
696
697@item -R
698Fold the data section into the text section.
699
4bdd3565
NC
700@kindex --hash-size=@var{number}
701Set the default size of GAS's hash tables to a prime number close to
702@var{number}. Increasing this value can reduce the length of time it takes the
703assembler to perform its tasks, at the expense of increasing the assembler's
704memory requirements. Similarly reducing this value can reduce the memory
705requirements at the expense of speed.
706
707@item --reduce-memory-overheads
708This option reduces GAS's memory requirements, at the expense of making the
709assembly processes slower. Currently this switch is a synonym for
710@samp{--hash-size=4051}, but in the future it may have other effects as well.
711
252b5132
RH
712@item --statistics
713Print the maximum space (in bytes) and total time (in seconds) used by
714assembly.
715
716@item --strip-local-absolute
717Remove local absolute symbols from the outgoing symbol table.
718
719@item -v
720@itemx -version
a4fb0134 721Print the @command{as} version.
252b5132
RH
722
723@item --version
a4fb0134 724Print the @command{as} version and exit.
252b5132
RH
725
726@item -W
2bdd6cf5 727@itemx --no-warn
252b5132
RH
728Suppress warning messages.
729
2bdd6cf5
GK
730@item --fatal-warnings
731Treat warnings as errors.
732
733@item --warn
734Don't suppress warning messages or treat them as errors.
735
252b5132
RH
736@item -w
737Ignored.
738
739@item -x
740Ignored.
741
742@item -Z
743Generate an object file even after errors.
744
745@item -- | @var{files} @dots{}
746Standard input, or source files to assemble.
747
748@end table
2a633939
JM
749@c man end
750
a06ea964
NC
751@ifset AARCH64
752
753@ifclear man
754@xref{AArch64 Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
755for the 64-bit mode of the ARM Architecture (AArch64).
756@end ifclear
757
758@ifset man
759@c man begin OPTIONS
760The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
76164-bit mode of the ARM Architecture (AArch64).
762@c man end
763@c man begin INCLUDE
764@include c-aarch64.texi
765@c ended inside the included file
766@end ifset
767
768@end ifset
769
2a633939
JM
770@ifset ALPHA
771
772@ifclear man
773@xref{Alpha Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
774for an Alpha processor.
775@end ifclear
776
777@ifset man
778@c man begin OPTIONS
779The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an Alpha
780processor.
781@c man end
782@c man begin INCLUDE
783@include c-alpha.texi
784@c ended inside the included file
785@end ifset
786
787@end ifset
252b5132 788
2a633939 789@c man begin OPTIONS
252b5132
RH
790@ifset ARC
791The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
792an ARC processor.
793
a4fb0134 794@table @gcctabopt
0d2bcfaf
NC
795@item -marc[5|6|7|8]
796This option selects the core processor variant.
797@item -EB | -EL
798Select either big-endian (-EB) or little-endian (-EL) output.
252b5132
RH
799@end table
800@end ifset
801
802@ifset ARM
803The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the ARM
804processor family.
805
a4fb0134 806@table @gcctabopt
92081f48 807@item -mcpu=@var{processor}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]
cdf82bcf 808Specify which ARM processor variant is the target.
92081f48 809@item -march=@var{architecture}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]
cdf82bcf 810Specify which ARM architecture variant is used by the target.
03b1477f 811@item -mfpu=@var{floating-point-format}
a349d9dd 812Select which Floating Point architecture is the target.
33a392fb
PB
813@item -mfloat-abi=@var{abi}
814Select which floating point ABI is in use.
03b1477f
RE
815@item -mthumb
816Enable Thumb only instruction decoding.
7f266840 817@item -mapcs-32 | -mapcs-26 | -mapcs-float | -mapcs-reentrant
252b5132
RH
818Select which procedure calling convention is in use.
819@item -EB | -EL
820Select either big-endian (-EB) or little-endian (-EL) output.
cdf82bcf
NC
821@item -mthumb-interwork
822Specify that the code has been generated with interworking between Thumb and
823ARM code in mind.
824@item -k
825Specify that PIC code has been generated.
252b5132
RH
826@end table
827@end ifset
635fb38d 828@c man end
252b5132 829
9982501a 830@ifset Blackfin
8611b8fd
MF
831
832@ifclear man
833@xref{Blackfin Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is
834configured for the Blackfin processor family.
835@end ifclear
836
837@ifset man
838@c man begin OPTIONS
9982501a
JZ
839The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
840the Blackfin processor family.
8611b8fd
MF
841@c man end
842@c man begin INCLUDE
843@include c-bfin.texi
844@c ended inside the included file
845@end ifset
9982501a 846
9982501a
JZ
847@end ifset
848
635fb38d 849@c man begin OPTIONS
328eb32e
HPN
850@ifset CRIS
851See the info pages for documentation of the CRIS-specific options.
852@end ifset
853
252b5132
RH
854@ifset D10V
855The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
856a D10V processor.
a4fb0134 857@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
858@cindex D10V optimization
859@cindex optimization, D10V
860@item -O
861Optimize output by parallelizing instructions.
862@end table
863@end ifset
864
865@ifset D30V
866The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a D30V
867processor.
a4fb0134 868@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
869@cindex D30V optimization
870@cindex optimization, D30V
871@item -O
872Optimize output by parallelizing instructions.
873
874@cindex D30V nops
875@item -n
876Warn when nops are generated.
877
878@cindex D30V nops after 32-bit multiply
879@item -N
880Warn when a nop after a 32-bit multiply instruction is generated.
881@end table
882@end ifset
731caf76
L
883@c man end
884
cfb8c092
NC
885@ifset EPIPHANY
886The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
887Adapteva EPIPHANY series.
888
56b13185
JR
889@ifclear man
890@xref{Epiphany Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is
891configured for an Epiphany processor.
892@end ifclear
cfb8c092 893
56b13185
JR
894@ifset man
895@c man begin OPTIONS
896The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
897an Epiphany processor.
898@c man end
899@c man begin INCLUDE
900@include c-epiphany.texi
901@c ended inside the included file
902@end ifset
cfb8c092 903
cfb8c092
NC
904@end ifset
905
731caf76 906@ifset I80386
252b5132 907
731caf76
L
908@ifclear man
909@xref{i386-Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is
910configured for an i386 processor.
911@end ifclear
912
913@ifset man
914@c man begin OPTIONS
915The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
916an i386 processor.
917@c man end
918@c man begin INCLUDE
919@include c-i386.texi
920@c ended inside the included file
921@end ifset
922
923@end ifset
924
925@c man begin OPTIONS
252b5132
RH
926@ifset I960
927The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
928Intel 80960 processor.
929
a4fb0134 930@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
931@item -ACA | -ACA_A | -ACB | -ACC | -AKA | -AKB | -AKC | -AMC
932Specify which variant of the 960 architecture is the target.
933
934@item -b
935Add code to collect statistics about branches taken.
936
937@item -no-relax
938Do not alter compare-and-branch instructions for long displacements;
939error if necessary.
940
941@end table
942@end ifset
943
a40cbfa3
NC
944@ifset IP2K
945The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
ec88d317 946Ubicom IP2K series.
a40cbfa3
NC
947
948@table @gcctabopt
949
950@item -mip2022ext
951Specifies that the extended IP2022 instructions are allowed.
952
953@item -mip2022
8dfa0188 954Restores the default behaviour, which restricts the permitted instructions to
a40cbfa3
NC
955just the basic IP2022 ones.
956
957@end table
958@end ifset
959
49f58d10
JB
960@ifset M32C
961The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
962Renesas M32C and M16C processors.
963
964@table @gcctabopt
965
966@item -m32c
967Assemble M32C instructions.
968
969@item -m16c
970Assemble M16C instructions (the default).
971
c54b5932
DD
972@item -relax
973Enable support for link-time relaxations.
974
975@item -h-tick-hex
976Support H'00 style hex constants in addition to 0x00 style.
977
49f58d10
JB
978@end table
979@end ifset
980
ec694b89
NC
981@ifset M32R
982The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
26597c86 983Renesas M32R (formerly Mitsubishi M32R) series.
ec694b89 984
a4fb0134 985@table @gcctabopt
ec694b89
NC
986
987@item --m32rx
988Specify which processor in the M32R family is the target. The default
989is normally the M32R, but this option changes it to the M32RX.
990
991@item --warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts or --Wp
992Produce warning messages when questionable parallel constructs are
01642c12 993encountered.
ec694b89
NC
994
995@item --no-warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts or --Wnp
01642c12
RM
996Do not produce warning messages when questionable parallel constructs are
997encountered.
ec694b89
NC
998
999@end table
1000@end ifset
252b5132
RH
1001
1002@ifset M680X0
1003The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
1004Motorola 68000 series.
1005
a4fb0134 1006@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1007
1008@item -l
1009Shorten references to undefined symbols, to one word instead of two.
1010
0285c67d
NC
1011@item -m68000 | -m68008 | -m68010 | -m68020 | -m68030
1012@itemx | -m68040 | -m68060 | -m68302 | -m68331 | -m68332
1013@itemx | -m68333 | -m68340 | -mcpu32 | -m5200
252b5132
RH
1014Specify what processor in the 68000 family is the target. The default
1015is normally the 68020, but this can be changed at configuration time.
1016
1017@item -m68881 | -m68882 | -mno-68881 | -mno-68882
1018The target machine does (or does not) have a floating-point coprocessor.
1019The default is to assume a coprocessor for 68020, 68030, and cpu32. Although
1020the basic 68000 is not compatible with the 68881, a combination of the
1021two can be specified, since it's possible to do emulation of the
1022coprocessor instructions with the main processor.
1023
1024@item -m68851 | -mno-68851
1025The target machine does (or does not) have a memory-management
1026unit coprocessor. The default is to assume an MMU for 68020 and up.
1027
1028@end table
1029@end ifset
1030
e135f41b
NC
1031@ifset PDP11
1032
1033For details about the PDP-11 machine dependent features options,
1034see @ref{PDP-11-Options}.
1035
a4fb0134 1036@table @gcctabopt
e135f41b
NC
1037@item -mpic | -mno-pic
1038Generate position-independent (or position-dependent) code. The
a4fb0134 1039default is @option{-mpic}.
e135f41b
NC
1040
1041@item -mall
1042@itemx -mall-extensions
1043Enable all instruction set extensions. This is the default.
1044
1045@item -mno-extensions
1046Disable all instruction set extensions.
1047
1048@item -m@var{extension} | -mno-@var{extension}
1049Enable (or disable) a particular instruction set extension.
1050
1051@item -m@var{cpu}
1052Enable the instruction set extensions supported by a particular CPU, and
1053disable all other extensions.
1054
1055@item -m@var{machine}
1056Enable the instruction set extensions supported by a particular machine
1057model, and disable all other extensions.
1058@end table
1059
1060@end ifset
1061
041dd5a9
ILT
1062@ifset PJ
1063The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1064a picoJava processor.
1065
a4fb0134 1066@table @gcctabopt
041dd5a9
ILT
1067
1068@cindex PJ endianness
1069@cindex endianness, PJ
1070@cindex big endian output, PJ
1071@item -mb
1072Generate ``big endian'' format output.
1073
1074@cindex little endian output, PJ
1075@item -ml
1076Generate ``little endian'' format output.
1077
1078@end table
1079@end ifset
1080
60bcf0fa
NC
1081@ifset M68HC11
1082The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
1083Motorola 68HC11 or 68HC12 series.
1084
a4fb0134 1085@table @gcctabopt
60bcf0fa 1086
6927f982 1087@item -m68hc11 | -m68hc12 | -m68hcs12 | -mm9s12x | -mm9s12xg
60bcf0fa
NC
1088Specify what processor is the target. The default is
1089defined by the configuration option when building the assembler.
1090
6927f982
NC
1091@item --xgate-ramoffset
1092Instruct the linker to offset RAM addresses from S12X address space into
1093XGATE address space.
1094
2f904664
SC
1095@item -mshort
1096Specify to use the 16-bit integer ABI.
1097
1098@item -mlong
01642c12 1099Specify to use the 32-bit integer ABI.
2f904664
SC
1100
1101@item -mshort-double
01642c12 1102Specify to use the 32-bit double ABI.
2f904664
SC
1103
1104@item -mlong-double
01642c12 1105Specify to use the 64-bit double ABI.
2f904664 1106
1370e33d 1107@item --force-long-branches
60bcf0fa
NC
1108Relative branches are turned into absolute ones. This concerns
1109conditional branches, unconditional branches and branches to a
1110sub routine.
1111
1370e33d
NC
1112@item -S | --short-branches
1113Do not turn relative branches into absolute ones
60bcf0fa
NC
1114when the offset is out of range.
1115
1116@item --strict-direct-mode
1117Do not turn the direct addressing mode into extended addressing mode
1118when the instruction does not support direct addressing mode.
1119
1120@item --print-insn-syntax
1121Print the syntax of instruction in case of error.
1122
1123@item --print-opcodes
6927f982 1124Print the list of instructions with syntax and then exit.
60bcf0fa
NC
1125
1126@item --generate-example
6927f982 1127Print an example of instruction for each possible instruction and then exit.
a4fb0134 1128This option is only useful for testing @command{@value{AS}}.
60bcf0fa
NC
1129
1130@end table
1131@end ifset
1132
252b5132 1133@ifset SPARC
a4fb0134 1134The following options are available when @command{@value{AS}} is configured
252b5132
RH
1135for the SPARC architecture:
1136
a4fb0134 1137@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1138@item -Av6 | -Av7 | -Av8 | -Asparclet | -Asparclite
1139@itemx -Av8plus | -Av8plusa | -Av9 | -Av9a
1140Explicitly select a variant of the SPARC architecture.
1141
1142@samp{-Av8plus} and @samp{-Av8plusa} select a 32 bit environment.
1143@samp{-Av9} and @samp{-Av9a} select a 64 bit environment.
1144
1145@samp{-Av8plusa} and @samp{-Av9a} enable the SPARC V9 instruction set with
1146UltraSPARC extensions.
1147
1148@item -xarch=v8plus | -xarch=v8plusa
1149For compatibility with the Solaris v9 assembler. These options are
1150equivalent to -Av8plus and -Av8plusa, respectively.
1151
1152@item -bump
1153Warn when the assembler switches to another architecture.
1154@end table
1155@end ifset
1156
39bec121
TW
1157@ifset TIC54X
1158The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the 'c54x
01642c12 1159architecture.
39bec121 1160
a4fb0134 1161@table @gcctabopt
39bec121
TW
1162@item -mfar-mode
1163Enable extended addressing mode. All addresses and relocations will assume
1164extended addressing (usually 23 bits).
1165@item -mcpu=@var{CPU_VERSION}
1166Sets the CPU version being compiled for.
1167@item -merrors-to-file @var{FILENAME}
1168Redirect error output to a file, for broken systems which don't support such
1169behaviour in the shell.
1170@end table
1171@end ifset
1172
252b5132
RH
1173@ifset MIPS
1174The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
437ee9d5 1175a @sc{mips} processor.
252b5132 1176
a4fb0134 1177@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1178@item -G @var{num}
1179This option sets the largest size of an object that can be referenced
1180implicitly with the @code{gp} register. It is only accepted for targets that
1181use ECOFF format, such as a DECstation running Ultrix. The default value is 8.
1182
1183@cindex MIPS endianness
1184@cindex endianness, MIPS
1185@cindex big endian output, MIPS
1186@item -EB
1187Generate ``big endian'' format output.
1188
1189@cindex little endian output, MIPS
1190@item -EL
1191Generate ``little endian'' format output.
1192
1193@cindex MIPS ISA
1194@item -mips1
1195@itemx -mips2
1196@itemx -mips3
e7af610e 1197@itemx -mips4
437ee9d5 1198@itemx -mips5
e7af610e 1199@itemx -mips32
af7ee8bf 1200@itemx -mips32r2
4058e45f 1201@itemx -mips64
5f74bc13 1202@itemx -mips64r2
437ee9d5
TS
1203Generate code for a particular @sc{mips} Instruction Set Architecture level.
1204@samp{-mips1} is an alias for @samp{-march=r3000}, @samp{-mips2} is an
1205alias for @samp{-march=r6000}, @samp{-mips3} is an alias for
1206@samp{-march=r4000} and @samp{-mips4} is an alias for @samp{-march=r8000}.
5f74bc13
CD
1207@samp{-mips5}, @samp{-mips32}, @samp{-mips32r2}, @samp{-mips64}, and
1208@samp{-mips64r2}
af7ee8bf 1209correspond to generic
5f74bc13
CD
1210@samp{MIPS V}, @samp{MIPS32}, @samp{MIPS32 Release 2}, @samp{MIPS64},
1211and @samp{MIPS64 Release 2}
1212ISA processors, respectively.
437ee9d5
TS
1213
1214@item -march=@var{CPU}
1215Generate code for a particular @sc{mips} cpu.
1216
1217@item -mtune=@var{cpu}
1218Schedule and tune for a particular @sc{mips} cpu.
1219
1220@item -mfix7000
1221@itemx -mno-fix7000
1222Cause nops to be inserted if the read of the destination register
1223of an mfhi or mflo instruction occurs in the following two instructions.
1224
ecb4347a
DJ
1225@item -mdebug
1226@itemx -no-mdebug
1227Cause stabs-style debugging output to go into an ECOFF-style .mdebug
1228section instead of the standard ELF .stabs sections.
1229
dcd410fe
RO
1230@item -mpdr
1231@itemx -mno-pdr
1232Control generation of @code{.pdr} sections.
1233
437ee9d5
TS
1234@item -mgp32
1235@itemx -mfp32
1236The register sizes are normally inferred from the ISA and ABI, but these
1237flags force a certain group of registers to be treated as 32 bits wide at
1238all times. @samp{-mgp32} controls the size of general-purpose registers
1239and @samp{-mfp32} controls the size of floating-point registers.
1240
1241@item -mips16
1242@itemx -no-mips16
1243Generate code for the MIPS 16 processor. This is equivalent to putting
1244@code{.set mips16} at the start of the assembly file. @samp{-no-mips16}
1245turns off this option.
252b5132 1246
df58fc94
RS
1247@item -mmicromips
1248@itemx -mno-micromips
1249Generate code for the microMIPS processor. This is equivalent to putting
1250@code{.set micromips} at the start of the assembly file. @samp{-mno-micromips}
1251turns off this option. This is equivalent to putting @code{.set nomicromips}
1252at the start of the assembly file.
1253
e16bfa71
TS
1254@item -msmartmips
1255@itemx -mno-smartmips
1256Enables the SmartMIPS extension to the MIPS32 instruction set. This is
1257equivalent to putting @code{.set smartmips} at the start of the assembly file.
1258@samp{-mno-smartmips} turns off this option.
1259
1f25f5d3
CD
1260@item -mips3d
1261@itemx -no-mips3d
1262Generate code for the MIPS-3D Application Specific Extension.
1263This tells the assembler to accept MIPS-3D instructions.
1264@samp{-no-mips3d} turns off this option.
1265
deec1734
CD
1266@item -mdmx
1267@itemx -no-mdmx
1268Generate code for the MDMX Application Specific Extension.
1269This tells the assembler to accept MDMX instructions.
1270@samp{-no-mdmx} turns off this option.
1271
2ef2b9ae
CF
1272@item -mdsp
1273@itemx -mno-dsp
8b082fb1
TS
1274Generate code for the DSP Release 1 Application Specific Extension.
1275This tells the assembler to accept DSP Release 1 instructions.
2ef2b9ae
CF
1276@samp{-mno-dsp} turns off this option.
1277
8b082fb1
TS
1278@item -mdspr2
1279@itemx -mno-dspr2
1280Generate code for the DSP Release 2 Application Specific Extension.
1281This option implies -mdsp.
1282This tells the assembler to accept DSP Release 2 instructions.
1283@samp{-mno-dspr2} turns off this option.
1284
ef2e4d86
CF
1285@item -mmt
1286@itemx -mno-mt
1287Generate code for the MT Application Specific Extension.
1288This tells the assembler to accept MT instructions.
1289@samp{-mno-mt} turns off this option.
1290
dec0624d
MR
1291@item -mmcu
1292@itemx -mno-mcu
1293Generate code for the MCU Application Specific Extension.
1294This tells the assembler to accept MCU instructions.
1295@samp{-mno-mcu} turns off this option.
1296
437ee9d5
TS
1297@item --construct-floats
1298@itemx --no-construct-floats
1299The @samp{--no-construct-floats} option disables the construction of
1300double width floating point constants by loading the two halves of the
1301value into the two single width floating point registers that make up
1302the double width register. By default @samp{--construct-floats} is
1303selected, allowing construction of these floating point constants.
252b5132
RH
1304
1305@cindex emulation
1306@item --emulation=@var{name}
a4fb0134 1307This option causes @command{@value{AS}} to emulate @command{@value{AS}} configured
252b5132
RH
1308for some other target, in all respects, including output format (choosing
1309between ELF and ECOFF only), handling of pseudo-opcodes which may generate
1310debugging information or store symbol table information, and default
1311endianness. The available configuration names are: @samp{mipsecoff},
1312@samp{mipself}, @samp{mipslecoff}, @samp{mipsbecoff}, @samp{mipslelf},
1313@samp{mipsbelf}. The first two do not alter the default endianness from that
1314of the primary target for which the assembler was configured; the others change
1315the default to little- or big-endian as indicated by the @samp{b} or @samp{l}
1316in the name. Using @samp{-EB} or @samp{-EL} will override the endianness
1317selection in any case.
1318
1319This option is currently supported only when the primary target
437ee9d5 1320@command{@value{AS}} is configured for is a @sc{mips} ELF or ECOFF target.
252b5132
RH
1321Furthermore, the primary target or others specified with
1322@samp{--enable-targets=@dots{}} at configuration time must include support for
1323the other format, if both are to be available. For example, the Irix 5
1324configuration includes support for both.
1325
1326Eventually, this option will support more configurations, with more
1327fine-grained control over the assembler's behavior, and will be supported for
1328more processors.
1329
1330@item -nocpp
a4fb0134 1331@command{@value{AS}} ignores this option. It is accepted for compatibility with
252b5132
RH
1332the native tools.
1333
252b5132
RH
1334@item --trap
1335@itemx --no-trap
1336@itemx --break
1337@itemx --no-break
1338Control how to deal with multiplication overflow and division by zero.
1339@samp{--trap} or @samp{--no-break} (which are synonyms) take a trap exception
1340(and only work for Instruction Set Architecture level 2 and higher);
1341@samp{--break} or @samp{--no-trap} (also synonyms, and the default) take a
1342break exception.
63486801
L
1343
1344@item -n
a4fb0134 1345When this option is used, @command{@value{AS}} will issue a warning every
63486801 1346time it generates a nop instruction from a macro.
252b5132
RH
1347@end table
1348@end ifset
1349
1350@ifset MCORE
1351The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1352an MCore processor.
1353
a4fb0134 1354@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1355@item -jsri2bsr
1356@itemx -nojsri2bsr
1357Enable or disable the JSRI to BSR transformation. By default this is enabled.
1358The command line option @samp{-nojsri2bsr} can be used to disable it.
1359
1360@item -sifilter
1361@itemx -nosifilter
1362Enable or disable the silicon filter behaviour. By default this is disabled.
a349d9dd 1363The default can be overridden by the @samp{-sifilter} command line option.
252b5132
RH
1364
1365@item -relax
1366Alter jump instructions for long displacements.
1367
ec694b89
NC
1368@item -mcpu=[210|340]
1369Select the cpu type on the target hardware. This controls which instructions
1370can be assembled.
1371
1372@item -EB
1373Assemble for a big endian target.
1374
1375@item -EL
1376Assemble for a little endian target.
252b5132
RH
1377
1378@end table
1379@end ifset
a3c62988 1380@c man end
252b5132 1381
a3c62988
NC
1382@ifset METAG
1383
1384@ifclear man
1385@xref{Meta Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1386for a Meta processor.
1387@end ifclear
1388
1389@ifset man
1390@c man begin OPTIONS
1391The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1392Meta processor.
1393@c man end
1394@c man begin INCLUDE
1395@include c-metag.texi
1396@c ended inside the included file
1397@end ifset
1398
1399@end ifset
1400
1401@c man begin OPTIONS
3c3bdf30
NC
1402@ifset MMIX
1403See the info pages for documentation of the MMIX-specific options.
1404@end ifset
1405
635fb38d 1406@c man end
b8b738ac
AM
1407@ifset PPC
1408
1409@ifclear man
1410@xref{PowerPC-Opts}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1411for a PowerPC processor.
1412@end ifclear
1413
1414@ifset man
1415@c man begin OPTIONS
1416The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1417PowerPC processor.
1418@c man end
1419@c man begin INCLUDE
1420@include c-ppc.texi
1421@c ended inside the included file
1422@end ifset
1423
1424@end ifset
1425
635fb38d 1426@c man begin OPTIONS
046d31c2
NC
1427@ifset RX
1428See the info pages for documentation of the RX-specific options.
1429@end ifset
1430
11c19e16
MS
1431@ifset S390
1432The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the s390
1433processor family.
1434
1435@table @gcctabopt
1436@item -m31
1437@itemx -m64
1438Select the word size, either 31/32 bits or 64 bits.
1439@item -mesa
1440@item -mzarch
1441Select the architecture mode, either the Enterprise System
1442Architecture (esa) or the z/Architecture mode (zarch).
1443@item -march=@var{processor}
1444Specify which s390 processor variant is the target, @samp{g6}, @samp{g6},
cfc72779
AK
1445@samp{z900}, @samp{z990}, @samp{z9-109}, @samp{z9-ec}, @samp{z10},
1446@samp{z196}, or @samp{zEC12}.
11c19e16
MS
1447@item -mregnames
1448@itemx -mno-regnames
1449Allow or disallow symbolic names for registers.
1450@item -mwarn-areg-zero
1451Warn whenever the operand for a base or index register has been specified
1452but evaluates to zero.
1453@end table
1454@end ifset
2a633939 1455@c man end
11c19e16 1456
40b36596 1457@ifset TIC6X
2a633939
JM
1458
1459@ifclear man
1460@xref{TIC6X Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1461for a TMS320C6000 processor.
1462@end ifclear
1463
1464@ifset man
1465@c man begin OPTIONS
40b36596
JM
1466The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1467TMS320C6000 processor.
2a633939
JM
1468@c man end
1469@c man begin INCLUDE
1470@include c-tic6x.texi
1471@c ended inside the included file
1472@end ifset
40b36596
JM
1473
1474@end ifset
1475
aa137e4d
NC
1476@ifset TILEGX
1477
1478@ifclear man
1479@xref{TILE-Gx Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1480for a TILE-Gx processor.
1481@end ifclear
1482
1483@ifset man
1484@c man begin OPTIONS
1485The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a TILE-Gx
1486processor.
1487@c man end
1488@c man begin INCLUDE
1489@include c-tilegx.texi
1490@c ended inside the included file
1491@end ifset
1492
1493@end ifset
1494
e0001a05 1495@ifset XTENSA
e0001a05 1496
2d8b84ae
SA
1497@ifclear man
1498@xref{Xtensa Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1499for an Xtensa processor.
1500@end ifclear
1501
1502@ifset man
1503@c man begin OPTIONS
1504The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an
1505Xtensa processor.
1506@c man end
1507@c man begin INCLUDE
1508@include c-xtensa.texi
1509@c ended inside the included file
e0001a05
NC
1510@end ifset
1511
2d8b84ae
SA
1512@end ifset
1513
1514@c man begin OPTIONS
1515
3c9b82ba
NC
1516@ifset Z80
1517The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1518a Z80 family processor.
1519@table @gcctabopt
1520@item -z80
1521Assemble for Z80 processor.
1522@item -r800
1523Assemble for R800 processor.
01642c12 1524@item -ignore-undocumented-instructions
3c9b82ba
NC
1525@itemx -Wnud
1526Assemble undocumented Z80 instructions that also work on R800 without warning.
01642c12 1527@item -ignore-unportable-instructions
3c9b82ba
NC
1528@itemx -Wnup
1529Assemble all undocumented Z80 instructions without warning.
01642c12 1530@item -warn-undocumented-instructions
3c9b82ba
NC
1531@itemx -Wud
1532Issue a warning for undocumented Z80 instructions that also work on R800.
01642c12 1533@item -warn-unportable-instructions
3c9b82ba 1534@itemx -Wup
01642c12
RM
1535Issue a warning for undocumented Z80 instructions that do not work on R800.
1536@item -forbid-undocumented-instructions
3c9b82ba
NC
1537@itemx -Fud
1538Treat all undocumented instructions as errors.
01642c12 1539@item -forbid-unportable-instructions
3c9b82ba 1540@itemx -Fup
b45619c0 1541Treat undocumented Z80 instructions that do not work on R800 as errors.
3c9b82ba
NC
1542@end table
1543@end ifset
1544
0285c67d
NC
1545@c man end
1546
252b5132
RH
1547@menu
1548* Manual:: Structure of this Manual
1549* GNU Assembler:: The GNU Assembler
1550* Object Formats:: Object File Formats
1551* Command Line:: Command Line
1552* Input Files:: Input Files
1553* Object:: Output (Object) File
1554* Errors:: Error and Warning Messages
1555@end menu
1556
1557@node Manual
1558@section Structure of this Manual
1559
1560@cindex manual, structure and purpose
1561This manual is intended to describe what you need to know to use
a4fb0134 1562@sc{gnu} @command{@value{AS}}. We cover the syntax expected in source files, including
252b5132 1563notation for symbols, constants, and expressions; the directives that
a4fb0134 1564@command{@value{AS}} understands; and of course how to invoke @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
1565
1566@ifclear GENERIC
1567We also cover special features in the @value{TARGET}
a4fb0134 1568configuration of @command{@value{AS}}, including assembler directives.
252b5132
RH
1569@end ifclear
1570@ifset GENERIC
1571This manual also describes some of the machine-dependent features of
1572various flavors of the assembler.
1573@end ifset
1574
1575@cindex machine instructions (not covered)
1576On the other hand, this manual is @emph{not} intended as an introduction
1577to programming in assembly language---let alone programming in general!
1578In a similar vein, we make no attempt to introduce the machine
1579architecture; we do @emph{not} describe the instruction set, standard
1580mnemonics, registers or addressing modes that are standard to a
1581particular architecture.
1582@ifset GENERIC
1583You may want to consult the manufacturer's
1584machine architecture manual for this information.
1585@end ifset
1586@ifclear GENERIC
1587@ifset H8/300
1588For information on the H8/300 machine instruction set, see @cite{H8/300
c2dcd04e
NC
1589Series Programming Manual}. For the H8/300H, see @cite{H8/300H Series
1590Programming Manual} (Renesas).
252b5132 1591@end ifset
252b5132 1592@ifset SH
ef230218
JR
1593For information on the Renesas (formerly Hitachi) / SuperH SH machine instruction set,
1594see @cite{SH-Microcomputer User's Manual} (Renesas) or
1595@cite{SH-4 32-bit CPU Core Architecture} (SuperH) and
1596@cite{SuperH (SH) 64-Bit RISC Series} (SuperH).
252b5132
RH
1597@end ifset
1598@ifset Z8000
1599For information on the Z8000 machine instruction set, see @cite{Z8000 CPU Technical Manual}
1600@end ifset
1601@end ifclear
1602
1603@c I think this is premature---doc@cygnus.com, 17jan1991
1604@ignore
1605Throughout this manual, we assume that you are running @dfn{GNU},
1606the portable operating system from the @dfn{Free Software
1607Foundation, Inc.}. This restricts our attention to certain kinds of
1608computer (in particular, the kinds of computers that @sc{gnu} can run on);
1609once this assumption is granted examples and definitions need less
1610qualification.
1611
a4fb0134 1612@command{@value{AS}} is part of a team of programs that turn a high-level
252b5132
RH
1613human-readable series of instructions into a low-level
1614computer-readable series of instructions. Different versions of
a4fb0134 1615@command{@value{AS}} are used for different kinds of computer.
252b5132
RH
1616@end ignore
1617
1618@c There used to be a section "Terminology" here, which defined
1619@c "contents", "byte", "word", and "long". Defining "word" to any
1620@c particular size is confusing when the .word directive may generate 16
1621@c bits on one machine and 32 bits on another; in general, for the user
1622@c version of this manual, none of these terms seem essential to define.
1623@c They were used very little even in the former draft of the manual;
1624@c this draft makes an effort to avoid them (except in names of
1625@c directives).
1626
1627@node GNU Assembler
1628@section The GNU Assembler
1629
0285c67d
NC
1630@c man begin DESCRIPTION
1631
a4fb0134 1632@sc{gnu} @command{as} is really a family of assemblers.
252b5132 1633@ifclear GENERIC
a4fb0134 1634This manual describes @command{@value{AS}}, a member of that family which is
252b5132
RH
1635configured for the @value{TARGET} architectures.
1636@end ifclear
1637If you use (or have used) the @sc{gnu} assembler on one architecture, you
1638should find a fairly similar environment when you use it on another
1639architecture. Each version has much in common with the others,
1640including object file formats, most assembler directives (often called
1641@dfn{pseudo-ops}) and assembler syntax.@refill
1642
1643@cindex purpose of @sc{gnu} assembler
a4fb0134 1644@command{@value{AS}} is primarily intended to assemble the output of the
252b5132 1645@sc{gnu} C compiler @code{@value{GCC}} for use by the linker
a4fb0134 1646@code{@value{LD}}. Nevertheless, we've tried to make @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
1647assemble correctly everything that other assemblers for the same
1648machine would assemble.
1649@ifset VAX
1650Any exceptions are documented explicitly (@pxref{Machine Dependencies}).
1651@end ifset
1652@ifset M680X0
1653@c This remark should appear in generic version of manual; assumption
1654@c here is that generic version sets M680x0.
a4fb0134 1655This doesn't mean @command{@value{AS}} always uses the same syntax as another
252b5132
RH
1656assembler for the same architecture; for example, we know of several
1657incompatible versions of 680x0 assembly language syntax.
1658@end ifset
1659
0285c67d
NC
1660@c man end
1661
a4fb0134 1662Unlike older assemblers, @command{@value{AS}} is designed to assemble a source
252b5132
RH
1663program in one pass of the source file. This has a subtle impact on the
1664@kbd{.org} directive (@pxref{Org,,@code{.org}}).
1665
1666@node Object Formats
1667@section Object File Formats
1668
1669@cindex object file format
1670The @sc{gnu} assembler can be configured to produce several alternative
1671object file formats. For the most part, this does not affect how you
1672write assembly language programs; but directives for debugging symbols
1673are typically different in different file formats. @xref{Symbol
1674Attributes,,Symbol Attributes}.
1675@ifclear GENERIC
1676@ifclear MULTI-OBJ
c1253627 1677For the @value{TARGET} target, @command{@value{AS}} is configured to produce
252b5132
RH
1678@value{OBJ-NAME} format object files.
1679@end ifclear
1680@c The following should exhaust all configs that set MULTI-OBJ, ideally
252b5132 1681@ifset I960
a4fb0134 1682On the @value{TARGET}, @command{@value{AS}} can be configured to produce either
252b5132
RH
1683@code{b.out} or COFF format object files.
1684@end ifset
1685@ifset HPPA
a4fb0134 1686On the @value{TARGET}, @command{@value{AS}} can be configured to produce either
252b5132
RH
1687SOM or ELF format object files.
1688@end ifset
1689@end ifclear
1690
1691@node Command Line
1692@section Command Line
1693
1694@cindex command line conventions
0285c67d 1695
a4fb0134 1696After the program name @command{@value{AS}}, the command line may contain
252b5132
RH
1697options and file names. Options may appear in any order, and may be
1698before, after, or between file names. The order of file names is
1699significant.
1700
1701@cindex standard input, as input file
1702@kindex --
1703@file{--} (two hyphens) by itself names the standard input file
a4fb0134 1704explicitly, as one of the files for @command{@value{AS}} to assemble.
252b5132
RH
1705
1706@cindex options, command line
1707Except for @samp{--} any command line argument that begins with a
1708hyphen (@samp{-}) is an option. Each option changes the behavior of
a4fb0134 1709@command{@value{AS}}. No option changes the way another option works. An
252b5132
RH
1710option is a @samp{-} followed by one or more letters; the case of
1711the letter is important. All options are optional.
1712
1713Some options expect exactly one file name to follow them. The file
1714name may either immediately follow the option's letter (compatible
1715with older assemblers) or it may be the next command argument (@sc{gnu}
1716standard). These two command lines are equivalent:
1717
1718@smallexample
1719@value{AS} -o my-object-file.o mumble.s
1720@value{AS} -omy-object-file.o mumble.s
1721@end smallexample
1722
1723@node Input Files
1724@section Input Files
1725
1726@cindex input
1727@cindex source program
1728@cindex files, input
1729We use the phrase @dfn{source program}, abbreviated @dfn{source}, to
a4fb0134 1730describe the program input to one run of @command{@value{AS}}. The program may
252b5132
RH
1731be in one or more files; how the source is partitioned into files
1732doesn't change the meaning of the source.
1733
1734@c I added "con" prefix to "catenation" just to prove I can overcome my
1735@c APL training... doc@cygnus.com
1736The source program is a concatenation of the text in all the files, in the
1737order specified.
1738
0285c67d 1739@c man begin DESCRIPTION
a4fb0134 1740Each time you run @command{@value{AS}} it assembles exactly one source
252b5132
RH
1741program. The source program is made up of one or more files.
1742(The standard input is also a file.)
1743
a4fb0134 1744You give @command{@value{AS}} a command line that has zero or more input file
252b5132
RH
1745names. The input files are read (from left file name to right). A
1746command line argument (in any position) that has no special meaning
1747is taken to be an input file name.
1748
a4fb0134
SC
1749If you give @command{@value{AS}} no file names it attempts to read one input file
1750from the @command{@value{AS}} standard input, which is normally your terminal. You
1751may have to type @key{ctl-D} to tell @command{@value{AS}} there is no more program
252b5132
RH
1752to assemble.
1753
1754Use @samp{--} if you need to explicitly name the standard input file
1755in your command line.
1756
a4fb0134 1757If the source is empty, @command{@value{AS}} produces a small, empty object
252b5132
RH
1758file.
1759
0285c67d
NC
1760@c man end
1761
252b5132
RH
1762@subheading Filenames and Line-numbers
1763
1764@cindex input file linenumbers
1765@cindex line numbers, in input files
1766There are two ways of locating a line in the input file (or files) and
1767either may be used in reporting error messages. One way refers to a line
1768number in a physical file; the other refers to a line number in a
1769``logical'' file. @xref{Errors, ,Error and Warning Messages}.
1770
1771@dfn{Physical files} are those files named in the command line given
a4fb0134 1772to @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
1773
1774@dfn{Logical files} are simply names declared explicitly by assembler
1775directives; they bear no relation to physical files. Logical file names help
a4fb0134
SC
1776error messages reflect the original source file, when @command{@value{AS}} source
1777is itself synthesized from other files. @command{@value{AS}} understands the
252b5132
RH
1778@samp{#} directives emitted by the @code{@value{GCC}} preprocessor. See also
1779@ref{File,,@code{.file}}.
1780
1781@node Object
1782@section Output (Object) File
1783
1784@cindex object file
1785@cindex output file
1786@kindex a.out
1787@kindex .o
a4fb0134 1788Every time you run @command{@value{AS}} it produces an output file, which is
252b5132
RH
1789your assembly language program translated into numbers. This file
1790is the object file. Its default name is
1791@ifclear BOUT
1792@code{a.out}.
1793@end ifclear
1794@ifset BOUT
1795@ifset GENERIC
01642c12 1796@code{a.out}, or
252b5132 1797@end ifset
a4fb0134 1798@code{b.out} when @command{@value{AS}} is configured for the Intel 80960.
252b5132 1799@end ifset
a4fb0134 1800You can give it another name by using the @option{-o} option. Conventionally,
252b5132
RH
1801object file names end with @file{.o}. The default name is used for historical
1802reasons: older assemblers were capable of assembling self-contained programs
1803directly into a runnable program. (For some formats, this isn't currently
1804possible, but it can be done for the @code{a.out} format.)
1805
1806@cindex linker
1807@kindex ld
1808The object file is meant for input to the linker @code{@value{LD}}. It contains
1809assembled program code, information to help @code{@value{LD}} integrate
1810the assembled program into a runnable file, and (optionally) symbolic
1811information for the debugger.
1812
1813@c link above to some info file(s) like the description of a.out.
1814@c don't forget to describe @sc{gnu} info as well as Unix lossage.
1815
1816@node Errors
1817@section Error and Warning Messages
1818
0285c67d
NC
1819@c man begin DESCRIPTION
1820
a349d9dd 1821@cindex error messages
252b5132
RH
1822@cindex warning messages
1823@cindex messages from assembler
a4fb0134 1824@command{@value{AS}} may write warnings and error messages to the standard error
252b5132 1825file (usually your terminal). This should not happen when a compiler
a4fb0134
SC
1826runs @command{@value{AS}} automatically. Warnings report an assumption made so
1827that @command{@value{AS}} could keep assembling a flawed program; errors report a
252b5132
RH
1828grave problem that stops the assembly.
1829
0285c67d
NC
1830@c man end
1831
252b5132
RH
1832@cindex format of warning messages
1833Warning messages have the format
1834
1835@smallexample
1836file_name:@b{NNN}:Warning Message Text
1837@end smallexample
1838
1839@noindent
1840@cindex line numbers, in warnings/errors
1841(where @b{NNN} is a line number). If a logical file name has been given
1842(@pxref{File,,@code{.file}}) it is used for the filename, otherwise the name of
1843the current input file is used. If a logical line number was given
1844@ifset GENERIC
1845(@pxref{Line,,@code{.line}})
1846@end ifset
252b5132
RH
1847then it is used to calculate the number printed,
1848otherwise the actual line in the current source file is printed. The
1849message text is intended to be self explanatory (in the grand Unix
1850tradition).
1851
1852@cindex format of error messages
1853Error messages have the format
1854@smallexample
1855file_name:@b{NNN}:FATAL:Error Message Text
1856@end smallexample
1857The file name and line number are derived as for warning
1858messages. The actual message text may be rather less explanatory
1859because many of them aren't supposed to happen.
1860
1861@node Invoking
1862@chapter Command-Line Options
1863
1864@cindex options, all versions of assembler
1865This chapter describes command-line options available in @emph{all}
96e9638b
BW
1866versions of the @sc{gnu} assembler; see @ref{Machine Dependencies},
1867for options specific
252b5132 1868@ifclear GENERIC
c1253627 1869to the @value{TARGET} target.
252b5132
RH
1870@end ifclear
1871@ifset GENERIC
1872to particular machine architectures.
1873@end ifset
1874
0285c67d
NC
1875@c man begin DESCRIPTION
1876
c1253627 1877If you are invoking @command{@value{AS}} via the @sc{gnu} C compiler,
252b5132
RH
1878you can use the @samp{-Wa} option to pass arguments through to the assembler.
1879The assembler arguments must be separated from each other (and the @samp{-Wa})
1880by commas. For example:
1881
1882@smallexample
1883gcc -c -g -O -Wa,-alh,-L file.c
1884@end smallexample
1885
1886@noindent
1887This passes two options to the assembler: @samp{-alh} (emit a listing to
5f5e16be 1888standard output with high-level and assembly source) and @samp{-L} (retain
252b5132
RH
1889local symbols in the symbol table).
1890
1891Usually you do not need to use this @samp{-Wa} mechanism, since many compiler
1892command-line options are automatically passed to the assembler by the compiler.
1893(You can call the @sc{gnu} compiler driver with the @samp{-v} option to see
1894precisely what options it passes to each compilation pass, including the
1895assembler.)
1896
0285c67d
NC
1897@c man end
1898
252b5132 1899@menu
83f10cb2 1900* a:: -a[cdghlns] enable listings
caa32fe5 1901* alternate:: --alternate enable alternate macro syntax
252b5132
RH
1902* D:: -D for compatibility
1903* f:: -f to work faster
1904* I:: -I for .include search path
1905@ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
1906* K:: -K for compatibility
1907@end ifclear
1908@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
1909* K:: -K for difference tables
1910@end ifset
1911
ba83aca1 1912* L:: -L to retain local symbols
c3a27914 1913* listing:: --listing-XXX to configure listing output
252b5132
RH
1914* M:: -M or --mri to assemble in MRI compatibility mode
1915* MD:: --MD for dependency tracking
1916* o:: -o to name the object file
1917* R:: -R to join data and text sections
1918* statistics:: --statistics to see statistics about assembly
1919* traditional-format:: --traditional-format for compatible output
1920* v:: -v to announce version
2bdd6cf5 1921* W:: -W, --no-warn, --warn, --fatal-warnings to control warnings
252b5132
RH
1922* Z:: -Z to make object file even after errors
1923@end menu
1924
1925@node a
83f10cb2 1926@section Enable Listings: @option{-a[cdghlns]}
252b5132
RH
1927
1928@kindex -a
1929@kindex -ac
1930@kindex -ad
83f10cb2 1931@kindex -ag
252b5132
RH
1932@kindex -ah
1933@kindex -al
1934@kindex -an
1935@kindex -as
1936@cindex listings, enabling
1937@cindex assembly listings, enabling
1938
1939These options enable listing output from the assembler. By itself,
1940@samp{-a} requests high-level, assembly, and symbols listing.
1941You can use other letters to select specific options for the list:
1942@samp{-ah} requests a high-level language listing,
1943@samp{-al} requests an output-program assembly listing, and
1944@samp{-as} requests a symbol table listing.
1945High-level listings require that a compiler debugging option like
1946@samp{-g} be used, and that assembly listings (@samp{-al}) be requested
1947also.
1948
83f10cb2
NC
1949Use the @samp{-ag} option to print a first section with general assembly
1950information, like @value{AS} version, switches passed, or time stamp.
1951
252b5132
RH
1952Use the @samp{-ac} option to omit false conditionals from a listing. Any lines
1953which are not assembled because of a false @code{.if} (or @code{.ifdef}, or any
1954other conditional), or a true @code{.if} followed by an @code{.else}, will be
1955omitted from the listing.
1956
1957Use the @samp{-ad} option to omit debugging directives from the
1958listing.
1959
1960Once you have specified one of these options, you can further control
1961listing output and its appearance using the directives @code{.list},
1962@code{.nolist}, @code{.psize}, @code{.eject}, @code{.title}, and
1963@code{.sbttl}.
1964The @samp{-an} option turns off all forms processing.
1965If you do not request listing output with one of the @samp{-a} options, the
1966listing-control directives have no effect.
1967
1968The letters after @samp{-a} may be combined into one option,
1969@emph{e.g.}, @samp{-aln}.
1970
96e9638b
BW
1971Note if the assembler source is coming from the standard input (e.g.,
1972because it
c3a27914
NC
1973is being created by @code{@value{GCC}} and the @samp{-pipe} command line switch
1974is being used) then the listing will not contain any comments or preprocessor
1975directives. This is because the listing code buffers input source lines from
1976stdin only after they have been preprocessed by the assembler. This reduces
1977memory usage and makes the code more efficient.
1978
caa32fe5
NC
1979@node alternate
1980@section @option{--alternate}
1981
1982@kindex --alternate
1983Begin in alternate macro mode, see @ref{Altmacro,,@code{.altmacro}}.
1984
252b5132 1985@node D
a4fb0134 1986@section @option{-D}
252b5132
RH
1987
1988@kindex -D
1989This option has no effect whatsoever, but it is accepted to make it more
1990likely that scripts written for other assemblers also work with
a4fb0134 1991@command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
1992
1993@node f
a4fb0134 1994@section Work Faster: @option{-f}
252b5132
RH
1995
1996@kindex -f
1997@cindex trusted compiler
a4fb0134 1998@cindex faster processing (@option{-f})
252b5132
RH
1999@samp{-f} should only be used when assembling programs written by a
2000(trusted) compiler. @samp{-f} stops the assembler from doing whitespace
2001and comment preprocessing on
2002the input file(s) before assembling them. @xref{Preprocessing,
2003,Preprocessing}.
2004
2005@quotation
2006@emph{Warning:} if you use @samp{-f} when the files actually need to be
a4fb0134 2007preprocessed (if they contain comments, for example), @command{@value{AS}} does
252b5132
RH
2008not work correctly.
2009@end quotation
2010
2011@node I
c1253627 2012@section @code{.include} Search Path: @option{-I} @var{path}
252b5132
RH
2013
2014@kindex -I @var{path}
2015@cindex paths for @code{.include}
2016@cindex search path for @code{.include}
2017@cindex @code{include} directive search path
2018Use this option to add a @var{path} to the list of directories
a4fb0134
SC
2019@command{@value{AS}} searches for files specified in @code{.include}
2020directives (@pxref{Include,,@code{.include}}). You may use @option{-I} as
252b5132 2021many times as necessary to include a variety of paths. The current
a4fb0134 2022working directory is always searched first; after that, @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
2023searches any @samp{-I} directories in the same order as they were
2024specified (left to right) on the command line.
2025
2026@node K
a4fb0134 2027@section Difference Tables: @option{-K}
252b5132
RH
2028
2029@kindex -K
2030@ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
2031On the @value{TARGET} family, this option is allowed, but has no effect. It is
2032permitted for compatibility with the @sc{gnu} assembler on other platforms,
2033where it can be used to warn when the assembler alters the machine code
2034generated for @samp{.word} directives in difference tables. The @value{TARGET}
2035family does not have the addressing limitations that sometimes lead to this
2036alteration on other platforms.
2037@end ifclear
2038
2039@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
2040@cindex difference tables, warning
2041@cindex warning for altered difference tables
96e9638b
BW
2042@command{@value{AS}} sometimes alters the code emitted for directives of the
2043form @samp{.word @var{sym1}-@var{sym2}}. @xref{Word,,@code{.word}}.
252b5132
RH
2044You can use the @samp{-K} option if you want a warning issued when this
2045is done.
2046@end ifset
2047
2048@node L
ba83aca1 2049@section Include Local Symbols: @option{-L}
252b5132
RH
2050
2051@kindex -L
ba83aca1
BW
2052@cindex local symbols, retaining in output
2053Symbols beginning with system-specific local label prefixes, typically
2054@samp{.L} for ELF systems or @samp{L} for traditional a.out systems, are
2055called @dfn{local symbols}. @xref{Symbol Names}. Normally you do not see
2056such symbols when debugging, because they are intended for the use of
2057programs (like compilers) that compose assembler programs, not for your
2058notice. Normally both @command{@value{AS}} and @code{@value{LD}} discard
2059such symbols, so you do not normally debug with them.
2060
2061This option tells @command{@value{AS}} to retain those local symbols
252b5132 2062in the object file. Usually if you do this you also tell the linker
ba83aca1 2063@code{@value{LD}} to preserve those symbols.
252b5132 2064
c3a27914 2065@node listing
a4fb0134 2066@section Configuring listing output: @option{--listing}
c3a27914
NC
2067
2068The listing feature of the assembler can be enabled via the command line switch
2069@samp{-a} (@pxref{a}). This feature combines the input source file(s) with a
2070hex dump of the corresponding locations in the output object file, and displays
96e9638b
BW
2071them as a listing file. The format of this listing can be controlled by
2072directives inside the assembler source (i.e., @code{.list} (@pxref{List}),
2073@code{.title} (@pxref{Title}), @code{.sbttl} (@pxref{Sbttl}),
2074@code{.psize} (@pxref{Psize}), and
2075@code{.eject} (@pxref{Eject}) and also by the following switches:
c3a27914 2076
a4fb0134 2077@table @gcctabopt
c3a27914
NC
2078@item --listing-lhs-width=@samp{number}
2079@kindex --listing-lhs-width
2080@cindex Width of first line disassembly output
2081Sets the maximum width, in words, of the first line of the hex byte dump. This
2082dump appears on the left hand side of the listing output.
2083
2084@item --listing-lhs-width2=@samp{number}
2085@kindex --listing-lhs-width2
2086@cindex Width of continuation lines of disassembly output
2087Sets the maximum width, in words, of any further lines of the hex byte dump for
8dfa0188 2088a given input source line. If this value is not specified, it defaults to being
c3a27914
NC
2089the same as the value specified for @samp{--listing-lhs-width}. If neither
2090switch is used the default is to one.
2091
2092@item --listing-rhs-width=@samp{number}
2093@kindex --listing-rhs-width
2094@cindex Width of source line output
2095Sets the maximum width, in characters, of the source line that is displayed
2096alongside the hex dump. The default value for this parameter is 100. The
2097source line is displayed on the right hand side of the listing output.
2098
2099@item --listing-cont-lines=@samp{number}
2100@kindex --listing-cont-lines
2101@cindex Maximum number of continuation lines
2102Sets the maximum number of continuation lines of hex dump that will be
2103displayed for a given single line of source input. The default value is 4.
2104@end table
2105
252b5132 2106@node M
a4fb0134 2107@section Assemble in MRI Compatibility Mode: @option{-M}
252b5132
RH
2108
2109@kindex -M
2110@cindex MRI compatibility mode
a4fb0134
SC
2111The @option{-M} or @option{--mri} option selects MRI compatibility mode. This
2112changes the syntax and pseudo-op handling of @command{@value{AS}} to make it
252b5132
RH
2113compatible with the @code{ASM68K} or the @code{ASM960} (depending upon the
2114configured target) assembler from Microtec Research. The exact nature of the
2115MRI syntax will not be documented here; see the MRI manuals for more
2116information. Note in particular that the handling of macros and macro
2117arguments is somewhat different. The purpose of this option is to permit
a4fb0134 2118assembling existing MRI assembler code using @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2119
2120The MRI compatibility is not complete. Certain operations of the MRI assembler
2121depend upon its object file format, and can not be supported using other object
2122file formats. Supporting these would require enhancing each object file format
2123individually. These are:
2124
2125@itemize @bullet
2126@item global symbols in common section
2127
2128The m68k MRI assembler supports common sections which are merged by the linker.
a4fb0134 2129Other object file formats do not support this. @command{@value{AS}} handles
252b5132
RH
2130common sections by treating them as a single common symbol. It permits local
2131symbols to be defined within a common section, but it can not support global
2132symbols, since it has no way to describe them.
2133
2134@item complex relocations
2135
2136The MRI assemblers support relocations against a negated section address, and
2137relocations which combine the start addresses of two or more sections. These
2138are not support by other object file formats.
2139
2140@item @code{END} pseudo-op specifying start address
2141
2142The MRI @code{END} pseudo-op permits the specification of a start address.
2143This is not supported by other object file formats. The start address may
a4fb0134 2144instead be specified using the @option{-e} option to the linker, or in a linker
252b5132
RH
2145script.
2146
2147@item @code{IDNT}, @code{.ident} and @code{NAME} pseudo-ops
2148
2149The MRI @code{IDNT}, @code{.ident} and @code{NAME} pseudo-ops assign a module
2150name to the output file. This is not supported by other object file formats.
2151
2152@item @code{ORG} pseudo-op
2153
2154The m68k MRI @code{ORG} pseudo-op begins an absolute section at a given
a4fb0134 2155address. This differs from the usual @command{@value{AS}} @code{.org} pseudo-op,
252b5132
RH
2156which changes the location within the current section. Absolute sections are
2157not supported by other object file formats. The address of a section may be
2158assigned within a linker script.
2159@end itemize
2160
2161There are some other features of the MRI assembler which are not supported by
a4fb0134 2162@command{@value{AS}}, typically either because they are difficult or because they
252b5132
RH
2163seem of little consequence. Some of these may be supported in future releases.
2164
2165@itemize @bullet
2166
2167@item EBCDIC strings
2168
2169EBCDIC strings are not supported.
2170
2171@item packed binary coded decimal
2172
2173Packed binary coded decimal is not supported. This means that the @code{DC.P}
2174and @code{DCB.P} pseudo-ops are not supported.
2175
2176@item @code{FEQU} pseudo-op
2177
2178The m68k @code{FEQU} pseudo-op is not supported.
2179
2180@item @code{NOOBJ} pseudo-op
2181
2182The m68k @code{NOOBJ} pseudo-op is not supported.
2183
2184@item @code{OPT} branch control options
2185
2186The m68k @code{OPT} branch control options---@code{B}, @code{BRS}, @code{BRB},
a4fb0134 2187@code{BRL}, and @code{BRW}---are ignored. @command{@value{AS}} automatically
252b5132
RH
2188relaxes all branches, whether forward or backward, to an appropriate size, so
2189these options serve no purpose.
2190
2191@item @code{OPT} list control options
2192
2193The following m68k @code{OPT} list control options are ignored: @code{C},
2194@code{CEX}, @code{CL}, @code{CRE}, @code{E}, @code{G}, @code{I}, @code{M},
2195@code{MEX}, @code{MC}, @code{MD}, @code{X}.
2196
2197@item other @code{OPT} options
2198
2199The following m68k @code{OPT} options are ignored: @code{NEST}, @code{O},
2200@code{OLD}, @code{OP}, @code{P}, @code{PCO}, @code{PCR}, @code{PCS}, @code{R}.
2201
2202@item @code{OPT} @code{D} option is default
2203
2204The m68k @code{OPT} @code{D} option is the default, unlike the MRI assembler.
2205@code{OPT NOD} may be used to turn it off.
2206
2207@item @code{XREF} pseudo-op.
2208
2209The m68k @code{XREF} pseudo-op is ignored.
2210
2211@item @code{.debug} pseudo-op
2212
2213The i960 @code{.debug} pseudo-op is not supported.
2214
2215@item @code{.extended} pseudo-op
2216
2217The i960 @code{.extended} pseudo-op is not supported.
2218
2219@item @code{.list} pseudo-op.
2220
2221The various options of the i960 @code{.list} pseudo-op are not supported.
2222
2223@item @code{.optimize} pseudo-op
2224
2225The i960 @code{.optimize} pseudo-op is not supported.
2226
2227@item @code{.output} pseudo-op
2228
2229The i960 @code{.output} pseudo-op is not supported.
2230
2231@item @code{.setreal} pseudo-op
2232
2233The i960 @code{.setreal} pseudo-op is not supported.
2234
2235@end itemize
2236
2237@node MD
c1253627 2238@section Dependency Tracking: @option{--MD}
252b5132
RH
2239
2240@kindex --MD
2241@cindex dependency tracking
2242@cindex make rules
2243
a4fb0134 2244@command{@value{AS}} can generate a dependency file for the file it creates. This
252b5132
RH
2245file consists of a single rule suitable for @code{make} describing the
2246dependencies of the main source file.
2247
2248The rule is written to the file named in its argument.
2249
2250This feature is used in the automatic updating of makefiles.
2251
2252@node o
a4fb0134 2253@section Name the Object File: @option{-o}
252b5132
RH
2254
2255@kindex -o
2256@cindex naming object file
2257@cindex object file name
a4fb0134 2258There is always one object file output when you run @command{@value{AS}}. By
252b5132
RH
2259default it has the name
2260@ifset GENERIC
2261@ifset I960
2262@file{a.out} (or @file{b.out}, for Intel 960 targets only).
2263@end ifset
2264@ifclear I960
2265@file{a.out}.
2266@end ifclear
2267@end ifset
2268@ifclear GENERIC
2269@ifset I960
2270@file{b.out}.
2271@end ifset
2272@ifclear I960
2273@file{a.out}.
2274@end ifclear
2275@end ifclear
2276You use this option (which takes exactly one filename) to give the
2277object file a different name.
2278
a4fb0134 2279Whatever the object file is called, @command{@value{AS}} overwrites any
252b5132
RH
2280existing file of the same name.
2281
2282@node R
a4fb0134 2283@section Join Data and Text Sections: @option{-R}
252b5132
RH
2284
2285@kindex -R
2286@cindex data and text sections, joining
2287@cindex text and data sections, joining
2288@cindex joining text and data sections
2289@cindex merging text and data sections
a4fb0134 2290@option{-R} tells @command{@value{AS}} to write the object file as if all
252b5132
RH
2291data-section data lives in the text section. This is only done at
2292the very last moment: your binary data are the same, but data
2293section parts are relocated differently. The data section part of
2294your object file is zero bytes long because all its bytes are
2295appended to the text section. (@xref{Sections,,Sections and Relocation}.)
2296
a4fb0134 2297When you specify @option{-R} it would be possible to generate shorter
252b5132
RH
2298address displacements (because we do not have to cross between text and
2299data section). We refrain from doing this simply for compatibility with
a4fb0134 2300older versions of @command{@value{AS}}. In future, @option{-R} may work this way.
252b5132 2301
c1253627
NC
2302@ifset COFF-ELF
2303When @command{@value{AS}} is configured for COFF or ELF output,
252b5132
RH
2304this option is only useful if you use sections named @samp{.text} and
2305@samp{.data}.
2306@end ifset
2307
2308@ifset HPPA
a4fb0134
SC
2309@option{-R} is not supported for any of the HPPA targets. Using
2310@option{-R} generates a warning from @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2311@end ifset
2312
2313@node statistics
a4fb0134 2314@section Display Assembly Statistics: @option{--statistics}
252b5132
RH
2315
2316@kindex --statistics
2317@cindex statistics, about assembly
2318@cindex time, total for assembly
2319@cindex space used, maximum for assembly
2320Use @samp{--statistics} to display two statistics about the resources used by
a4fb0134 2321@command{@value{AS}}: the maximum amount of space allocated during the assembly
252b5132
RH
2322(in bytes), and the total execution time taken for the assembly (in @sc{cpu}
2323seconds).
2324
2325@node traditional-format
c1253627 2326@section Compatible Output: @option{--traditional-format}
252b5132
RH
2327
2328@kindex --traditional-format
a4fb0134 2329For some targets, the output of @command{@value{AS}} is different in some ways
252b5132 2330from the output of some existing assembler. This switch requests
a4fb0134 2331@command{@value{AS}} to use the traditional format instead.
252b5132
RH
2332
2333For example, it disables the exception frame optimizations which
a4fb0134 2334@command{@value{AS}} normally does by default on @code{@value{GCC}} output.
252b5132
RH
2335
2336@node v
a4fb0134 2337@section Announce Version: @option{-v}
252b5132
RH
2338
2339@kindex -v
2340@kindex -version
2341@cindex assembler version
2342@cindex version of assembler
2343You can find out what version of as is running by including the
2344option @samp{-v} (which you can also spell as @samp{-version}) on the
2345command line.
2346
2347@node W
a4fb0134 2348@section Control Warnings: @option{-W}, @option{--warn}, @option{--no-warn}, @option{--fatal-warnings}
252b5132 2349
a4fb0134 2350@command{@value{AS}} should never give a warning or error message when
252b5132 2351assembling compiler output. But programs written by people often
a4fb0134 2352cause @command{@value{AS}} to give a warning that a particular assumption was
252b5132 2353made. All such warnings are directed to the standard error file.
2bdd6cf5 2354
c1253627
NC
2355@kindex -W
2356@kindex --no-warn
2bdd6cf5
GK
2357@cindex suppressing warnings
2358@cindex warnings, suppressing
a4fb0134 2359If you use the @option{-W} and @option{--no-warn} options, no warnings are issued.
2bdd6cf5 2360This only affects the warning messages: it does not change any particular of
a4fb0134 2361how @command{@value{AS}} assembles your file. Errors, which stop the assembly,
2bdd6cf5
GK
2362are still reported.
2363
c1253627 2364@kindex --fatal-warnings
2bdd6cf5
GK
2365@cindex errors, caused by warnings
2366@cindex warnings, causing error
a4fb0134 2367If you use the @option{--fatal-warnings} option, @command{@value{AS}} considers
2bdd6cf5
GK
2368files that generate warnings to be in error.
2369
c1253627 2370@kindex --warn
2bdd6cf5 2371@cindex warnings, switching on
a4fb0134 2372You can switch these options off again by specifying @option{--warn}, which
2bdd6cf5 2373causes warnings to be output as usual.
252b5132
RH
2374
2375@node Z
a4fb0134 2376@section Generate Object File in Spite of Errors: @option{-Z}
252b5132
RH
2377@cindex object file, after errors
2378@cindex errors, continuing after
a4fb0134 2379After an error message, @command{@value{AS}} normally produces no output. If for
252b5132 2380some reason you are interested in object file output even after
a4fb0134
SC
2381@command{@value{AS}} gives an error message on your program, use the @samp{-Z}
2382option. If there are any errors, @command{@value{AS}} continues anyways, and
252b5132
RH
2383writes an object file after a final warning message of the form @samp{@var{n}
2384errors, @var{m} warnings, generating bad object file.}
2385
2386@node Syntax
2387@chapter Syntax
2388
2389@cindex machine-independent syntax
2390@cindex syntax, machine-independent
2391This chapter describes the machine-independent syntax allowed in a
a4fb0134 2392source file. @command{@value{AS}} syntax is similar to what many other
252b5132
RH
2393assemblers use; it is inspired by the BSD 4.2
2394@ifclear VAX
2395assembler.
2396@end ifclear
2397@ifset VAX
a4fb0134 2398assembler, except that @command{@value{AS}} does not assemble Vax bit-fields.
252b5132
RH
2399@end ifset
2400
2401@menu
7c31ae13 2402* Preprocessing:: Preprocessing
252b5132
RH
2403* Whitespace:: Whitespace
2404* Comments:: Comments
2405* Symbol Intro:: Symbols
2406* Statements:: Statements
2407* Constants:: Constants
2408@end menu
2409
2410@node Preprocessing
2411@section Preprocessing
2412
2413@cindex preprocessing
a4fb0134 2414The @command{@value{AS}} internal preprocessor:
252b5132
RH
2415@itemize @bullet
2416@cindex whitespace, removed by preprocessor
2417@item
2418adjusts and removes extra whitespace. It leaves one space or tab before
2419the keywords on a line, and turns any other whitespace on the line into
2420a single space.
2421
2422@cindex comments, removed by preprocessor
2423@item
2424removes all comments, replacing them with a single space, or an
2425appropriate number of newlines.
2426
2427@cindex constants, converted by preprocessor
2428@item
2429converts character constants into the appropriate numeric values.
2430@end itemize
2431
2432It does not do macro processing, include file handling, or
2433anything else you may get from your C compiler's preprocessor. You can
2434do include file processing with the @code{.include} directive
2435(@pxref{Include,,@code{.include}}). You can use the @sc{gnu} C compiler driver
c1253627 2436to get other ``CPP'' style preprocessing by giving the input file a
96e9638b 2437@samp{.S} suffix. @xref{Overall Options, ,Options Controlling the Kind of
252b5132
RH
2438Output, gcc.info, Using GNU CC}.
2439
2440Excess whitespace, comments, and character constants
2441cannot be used in the portions of the input text that are not
2442preprocessed.
2443
2444@cindex turning preprocessing on and off
2445@cindex preprocessing, turning on and off
2446@kindex #NO_APP
2447@kindex #APP
2448If the first line of an input file is @code{#NO_APP} or if you use the
2449@samp{-f} option, whitespace and comments are not removed from the input file.
2450Within an input file, you can ask for whitespace and comment removal in
2451specific portions of the by putting a line that says @code{#APP} before the
2452text that may contain whitespace or comments, and putting a line that says
2453@code{#NO_APP} after this text. This feature is mainly intend to support
2454@code{asm} statements in compilers whose output is otherwise free of comments
2455and whitespace.
2456
2457@node Whitespace
2458@section Whitespace
2459
2460@cindex whitespace
2461@dfn{Whitespace} is one or more blanks or tabs, in any order.
2462Whitespace is used to separate symbols, and to make programs neater for
2463people to read. Unless within character constants
2464(@pxref{Characters,,Character Constants}), any whitespace means the same
2465as exactly one space.
2466
2467@node Comments
2468@section Comments
2469
2470@cindex comments
a4fb0134 2471There are two ways of rendering comments to @command{@value{AS}}. In both
252b5132
RH
2472cases the comment is equivalent to one space.
2473
2474Anything from @samp{/*} through the next @samp{*/} is a comment.
2475This means you may not nest these comments.
2476
2477@smallexample
2478/*
2479 The only way to include a newline ('\n') in a comment
2480 is to use this sort of comment.
2481*/
2482
2483/* This sort of comment does not nest. */
2484@end smallexample
2485
2486@cindex line comment character
7c31ae13
NC
2487Anything from a @dfn{line comment} character up to the next newline is
2488considered a comment and is ignored. The line comment character is target
2489specific, and some targets multiple comment characters. Some targets also have
2490line comment characters that only work if they are the first character on a
2491line. Some targets use a sequence of two characters to introduce a line
2492comment. Some targets can also change their line comment characters depending
2493upon command line options that have been used. For more details see the
2494@emph{Syntax} section in the documentation for individual targets.
2495
2496If the line comment character is the hash sign (@samp{#}) then it still has the
2497special ability to enable and disable preprocessing (@pxref{Preprocessing}) and
2498to specify logical line numbers:
252b5132
RH
2499
2500@kindex #
2501@cindex lines starting with @code{#}
2502@cindex logical line numbers
2503To be compatible with past assemblers, lines that begin with @samp{#} have a
2504special interpretation. Following the @samp{#} should be an absolute
2505expression (@pxref{Expressions}): the logical line number of the @emph{next}
96e9638b 2506line. Then a string (@pxref{Strings, ,Strings}) is allowed: if present it is a
252b5132
RH
2507new logical file name. The rest of the line, if any, should be whitespace.
2508
2509If the first non-whitespace characters on the line are not numeric,
2510the line is ignored. (Just like a comment.)
2511
2512@smallexample
2513 # This is an ordinary comment.
2514# 42-6 "new_file_name" # New logical file name
2515 # This is logical line # 36.
2516@end smallexample
2517This feature is deprecated, and may disappear from future versions
a4fb0134 2518of @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2519
2520@node Symbol Intro
2521@section Symbols
2522
2523@cindex characters used in symbols
2524@ifclear SPECIAL-SYMS
2525A @dfn{symbol} is one or more characters chosen from the set of all
2526letters (both upper and lower case), digits and the three characters
2527@samp{_.$}.
2528@end ifclear
2529@ifset SPECIAL-SYMS
2530@ifclear GENERIC
2531@ifset H8
2532A @dfn{symbol} is one or more characters chosen from the set of all
2533letters (both upper and lower case), digits and the three characters
2534@samp{._$}. (Save that, on the H8/300 only, you may not use @samp{$} in
2535symbol names.)
2536@end ifset
2537@end ifclear
2538@end ifset
2539@ifset GENERIC
2540On most machines, you can also use @code{$} in symbol names; exceptions
2541are noted in @ref{Machine Dependencies}.
2542@end ifset
2543No symbol may begin with a digit. Case is significant.
7bfd842d
NC
2544There is no length limit: all characters are significant. Multibyte characters
2545are supported. Symbols are delimited by characters not in that set, or by the
2546beginning of a file (since the source program must end with a newline, the end
2547of a file is not a possible symbol delimiter). @xref{Symbols}.
252b5132
RH
2548@cindex length of symbols
2549
2550@node Statements
2551@section Statements
2552
2553@cindex statements, structure of
2554@cindex line separator character
2555@cindex statement separator character
7c31ae13
NC
2556
2557A @dfn{statement} ends at a newline character (@samp{\n}) or a
2558@dfn{line separator character}. The line separator character is target
2559specific and described in the @emph{Syntax} section of each
2560target's documentation. Not all targets support a line separator character.
2561The newline or line separator character is considered to be part of the
2562preceding statement. Newlines and separators within character constants are an
252b5132 2563exception: they do not end statements.
252b5132
RH
2564
2565@cindex newline, required at file end
2566@cindex EOF, newline must precede
2567It is an error to end any statement with end-of-file: the last
2568character of any input file should be a newline.@refill
2569
2570An empty statement is allowed, and may include whitespace. It is ignored.
2571
2572@cindex instructions and directives
2573@cindex directives and instructions
2574@c "key symbol" is not used elsewhere in the document; seems pedantic to
2575@c @defn{} it in that case, as was done previously... doc@cygnus.com,
2576@c 13feb91.
2577A statement begins with zero or more labels, optionally followed by a
2578key symbol which determines what kind of statement it is. The key
2579symbol determines the syntax of the rest of the statement. If the
2580symbol begins with a dot @samp{.} then the statement is an assembler
2581directive: typically valid for any computer. If the symbol begins with
2582a letter the statement is an assembly language @dfn{instruction}: it
2583assembles into a machine language instruction.
2584@ifset GENERIC
a4fb0134 2585Different versions of @command{@value{AS}} for different computers
252b5132
RH
2586recognize different instructions. In fact, the same symbol may
2587represent a different instruction in a different computer's assembly
2588language.@refill
2589@end ifset
2590
2591@cindex @code{:} (label)
2592@cindex label (@code{:})
2593A label is a symbol immediately followed by a colon (@code{:}).
2594Whitespace before a label or after a colon is permitted, but you may not
2595have whitespace between a label's symbol and its colon. @xref{Labels}.
2596
2597@ifset HPPA
01642c12 2598For HPPA targets, labels need not be immediately followed by a colon, but
252b5132
RH
2599the definition of a label must begin in column zero. This also implies that
2600only one label may be defined on each line.
2601@end ifset
2602
2603@smallexample
2604label: .directive followed by something
2605another_label: # This is an empty statement.
2606 instruction operand_1, operand_2, @dots{}
2607@end smallexample
2608
2609@node Constants
2610@section Constants
2611
2612@cindex constants
2613A constant is a number, written so that its value is known by
2614inspection, without knowing any context. Like this:
2615@smallexample
2616@group
2617.byte 74, 0112, 092, 0x4A, 0X4a, 'J, '\J # All the same value.
2618.ascii "Ring the bell\7" # A string constant.
2619.octa 0x123456789abcdef0123456789ABCDEF0 # A bignum.
2620.float 0f-314159265358979323846264338327\
262195028841971.693993751E-40 # - pi, a flonum.
2622@end group
2623@end smallexample
2624
2625@menu
2626* Characters:: Character Constants
2627* Numbers:: Number Constants
2628@end menu
2629
2630@node Characters
2631@subsection Character Constants
2632
2633@cindex character constants
2634@cindex constants, character
2635There are two kinds of character constants. A @dfn{character} stands
2636for one character in one byte and its value may be used in
2637numeric expressions. String constants (properly called string
2638@emph{literals}) are potentially many bytes and their values may not be
2639used in arithmetic expressions.
2640
2641@menu
2642* Strings:: Strings
2643* Chars:: Characters
2644@end menu
2645
2646@node Strings
2647@subsubsection Strings
2648
2649@cindex string constants
2650@cindex constants, string
2651A @dfn{string} is written between double-quotes. It may contain
2652double-quotes or null characters. The way to get special characters
2653into a string is to @dfn{escape} these characters: precede them with
2654a backslash @samp{\} character. For example @samp{\\} represents
2655one backslash: the first @code{\} is an escape which tells
a4fb0134
SC
2656@command{@value{AS}} to interpret the second character literally as a backslash
2657(which prevents @command{@value{AS}} from recognizing the second @code{\} as an
252b5132
RH
2658escape character). The complete list of escapes follows.
2659
2660@cindex escape codes, character
2661@cindex character escape codes
2662@table @kbd
2663@c @item \a
2664@c Mnemonic for ACKnowledge; for ASCII this is octal code 007.
2665@c
2666@cindex @code{\b} (backspace character)
2667@cindex backspace (@code{\b})
2668@item \b
2669Mnemonic for backspace; for ASCII this is octal code 010.
2670
2671@c @item \e
2672@c Mnemonic for EOText; for ASCII this is octal code 004.
2673@c
2674@cindex @code{\f} (formfeed character)
2675@cindex formfeed (@code{\f})
2676@item \f
2677Mnemonic for FormFeed; for ASCII this is octal code 014.
2678
2679@cindex @code{\n} (newline character)
2680@cindex newline (@code{\n})
2681@item \n
2682Mnemonic for newline; for ASCII this is octal code 012.
2683
2684@c @item \p
2685@c Mnemonic for prefix; for ASCII this is octal code 033, usually known as @code{escape}.
2686@c
2687@cindex @code{\r} (carriage return character)
2688@cindex carriage return (@code{\r})
2689@item \r
2690Mnemonic for carriage-Return; for ASCII this is octal code 015.
2691
2692@c @item \s
2693@c Mnemonic for space; for ASCII this is octal code 040. Included for compliance with
2694@c other assemblers.
2695@c
2696@cindex @code{\t} (tab)
2697@cindex tab (@code{\t})
2698@item \t
2699Mnemonic for horizontal Tab; for ASCII this is octal code 011.
2700
2701@c @item \v
2702@c Mnemonic for Vertical tab; for ASCII this is octal code 013.
2703@c @item \x @var{digit} @var{digit} @var{digit}
2704@c A hexadecimal character code. The numeric code is 3 hexadecimal digits.
2705@c
2706@cindex @code{\@var{ddd}} (octal character code)
2707@cindex octal character code (@code{\@var{ddd}})
2708@item \ @var{digit} @var{digit} @var{digit}
2709An octal character code. The numeric code is 3 octal digits.
2710For compatibility with other Unix systems, 8 and 9 are accepted as digits:
2711for example, @code{\008} has the value 010, and @code{\009} the value 011.
2712
2713@cindex @code{\@var{xd...}} (hex character code)
2714@cindex hex character code (@code{\@var{xd...}})
2715@item \@code{x} @var{hex-digits...}
2716A hex character code. All trailing hex digits are combined. Either upper or
2717lower case @code{x} works.
2718
2719@cindex @code{\\} (@samp{\} character)
2720@cindex backslash (@code{\\})
2721@item \\
2722Represents one @samp{\} character.
2723
2724@c @item \'
2725@c Represents one @samp{'} (accent acute) character.
2726@c This is needed in single character literals
2727@c (@xref{Characters,,Character Constants}.) to represent
2728@c a @samp{'}.
2729@c
2730@cindex @code{\"} (doublequote character)
2731@cindex doublequote (@code{\"})
2732@item \"
2733Represents one @samp{"} character. Needed in strings to represent
2734this character, because an unescaped @samp{"} would end the string.
2735
2736@item \ @var{anything-else}
2737Any other character when escaped by @kbd{\} gives a warning, but
2738assembles as if the @samp{\} was not present. The idea is that if
2739you used an escape sequence you clearly didn't want the literal
a4fb0134
SC
2740interpretation of the following character. However @command{@value{AS}} has no
2741other interpretation, so @command{@value{AS}} knows it is giving you the wrong
252b5132
RH
2742code and warns you of the fact.
2743@end table
2744
2745Which characters are escapable, and what those escapes represent,
2746varies widely among assemblers. The current set is what we think
2747the BSD 4.2 assembler recognizes, and is a subset of what most C
2748compilers recognize. If you are in doubt, do not use an escape
2749sequence.
2750
2751@node Chars
2752@subsubsection Characters
2753
2754@cindex single character constant
2755@cindex character, single
2756@cindex constant, single character
2757A single character may be written as a single quote immediately
2758followed by that character. The same escapes apply to characters as
2759to strings. So if you want to write the character backslash, you
2760must write @kbd{'\\} where the first @code{\} escapes the second
2761@code{\}. As you can see, the quote is an acute accent, not a
2762grave accent. A newline
2763@ifclear GENERIC
2764@ifclear abnormal-separator
2765(or semicolon @samp{;})
2766@end ifclear
2767@ifset abnormal-separator
252b5132
RH
2768@ifset H8
2769(or dollar sign @samp{$}, for the H8/300; or semicolon @samp{;} for the
7be1c489 2770Renesas SH)
252b5132
RH
2771@end ifset
2772@end ifset
2773@end ifclear
2774immediately following an acute accent is taken as a literal character
2775and does not count as the end of a statement. The value of a character
2776constant in a numeric expression is the machine's byte-wide code for
a4fb0134 2777that character. @command{@value{AS}} assumes your character code is ASCII:
252b5132
RH
2778@kbd{'A} means 65, @kbd{'B} means 66, and so on. @refill
2779
2780@node Numbers
2781@subsection Number Constants
2782
2783@cindex constants, number
2784@cindex number constants
a4fb0134 2785@command{@value{AS}} distinguishes three kinds of numbers according to how they
252b5132
RH
2786are stored in the target machine. @emph{Integers} are numbers that
2787would fit into an @code{int} in the C language. @emph{Bignums} are
2788integers, but they are stored in more than 32 bits. @emph{Flonums}
2789are floating point numbers, described below.
2790
2791@menu
2792* Integers:: Integers
2793* Bignums:: Bignums
2794* Flonums:: Flonums
2795@ifclear GENERIC
2796@ifset I960
2797* Bit Fields:: Bit Fields
2798@end ifset
2799@end ifclear
2800@end menu
2801
2802@node Integers
2803@subsubsection Integers
2804@cindex integers
2805@cindex constants, integer
2806
2807@cindex binary integers
2808@cindex integers, binary
2809A binary integer is @samp{0b} or @samp{0B} followed by zero or more of
2810the binary digits @samp{01}.
2811
2812@cindex octal integers
2813@cindex integers, octal
2814An octal integer is @samp{0} followed by zero or more of the octal
2815digits (@samp{01234567}).
2816
2817@cindex decimal integers
2818@cindex integers, decimal
2819A decimal integer starts with a non-zero digit followed by zero or
2820more digits (@samp{0123456789}).
2821
2822@cindex hexadecimal integers
2823@cindex integers, hexadecimal
2824A hexadecimal integer is @samp{0x} or @samp{0X} followed by one or
2825more hexadecimal digits chosen from @samp{0123456789abcdefABCDEF}.
2826
2827Integers have the usual values. To denote a negative integer, use
2828the prefix operator @samp{-} discussed under expressions
2829(@pxref{Prefix Ops,,Prefix Operators}).
2830
2831@node Bignums
2832@subsubsection Bignums
2833
2834@cindex bignums
2835@cindex constants, bignum
2836A @dfn{bignum} has the same syntax and semantics as an integer
2837except that the number (or its negative) takes more than 32 bits to
2838represent in binary. The distinction is made because in some places
2839integers are permitted while bignums are not.
2840
2841@node Flonums
2842@subsubsection Flonums
2843@cindex flonums
2844@cindex floating point numbers
2845@cindex constants, floating point
2846
2847@cindex precision, floating point
2848A @dfn{flonum} represents a floating point number. The translation is
2849indirect: a decimal floating point number from the text is converted by
a4fb0134 2850@command{@value{AS}} to a generic binary floating point number of more than
252b5132
RH
2851sufficient precision. This generic floating point number is converted
2852to a particular computer's floating point format (or formats) by a
a4fb0134 2853portion of @command{@value{AS}} specialized to that computer.
252b5132
RH
2854
2855A flonum is written by writing (in order)
2856@itemize @bullet
2857@item
2858The digit @samp{0}.
2859@ifset HPPA
2860(@samp{0} is optional on the HPPA.)
2861@end ifset
2862
2863@item
a4fb0134 2864A letter, to tell @command{@value{AS}} the rest of the number is a flonum.
252b5132
RH
2865@ifset GENERIC
2866@kbd{e} is recommended. Case is not important.
2867@ignore
2868@c FIXME: verify if flonum syntax really this vague for most cases
2869(Any otherwise illegal letter works here, but that might be changed. Vax BSD
28704.2 assembler seems to allow any of @samp{defghDEFGH}.)
2871@end ignore
2872
7be1c489 2873On the H8/300, Renesas / SuperH SH,
252b5132
RH
2874and AMD 29K architectures, the letter must be
2875one of the letters @samp{DFPRSX} (in upper or lower case).
2876
2877On the ARC, the letter must be one of the letters @samp{DFRS}
2878(in upper or lower case).
2879
2880On the Intel 960 architecture, the letter must be
2881one of the letters @samp{DFT} (in upper or lower case).
2882
2883On the HPPA architecture, the letter must be @samp{E} (upper case only).
2884@end ifset
2885@ifclear GENERIC
252b5132
RH
2886@ifset ARC
2887One of the letters @samp{DFRS} (in upper or lower case).
2888@end ifset
2889@ifset H8
2890One of the letters @samp{DFPRSX} (in upper or lower case).
2891@end ifset
2892@ifset HPPA
2893The letter @samp{E} (upper case only).
2894@end ifset
2895@ifset I960
2896One of the letters @samp{DFT} (in upper or lower case).
2897@end ifset
2898@end ifclear
2899
2900@item
2901An optional sign: either @samp{+} or @samp{-}.
2902
2903@item
2904An optional @dfn{integer part}: zero or more decimal digits.
2905
2906@item
2907An optional @dfn{fractional part}: @samp{.} followed by zero
2908or more decimal digits.
2909
2910@item
2911An optional exponent, consisting of:
2912
2913@itemize @bullet
2914@item
2915An @samp{E} or @samp{e}.
2916@c I can't find a config where "EXP_CHARS" is other than 'eE', but in
2917@c principle this can perfectly well be different on different targets.
2918@item
2919Optional sign: either @samp{+} or @samp{-}.
2920@item
2921One or more decimal digits.
2922@end itemize
2923
2924@end itemize
2925
2926At least one of the integer part or the fractional part must be
2927present. The floating point number has the usual base-10 value.
2928
a4fb0134 2929@command{@value{AS}} does all processing using integers. Flonums are computed
252b5132 2930independently of any floating point hardware in the computer running
a4fb0134 2931@command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2932
2933@ifclear GENERIC
2934@ifset I960
2935@c Bit fields are written as a general facility but are also controlled
2936@c by a conditional-compilation flag---which is as of now (21mar91)
2937@c turned on only by the i960 config of GAS.
2938@node Bit Fields
2939@subsubsection Bit Fields
2940
2941@cindex bit fields
2942@cindex constants, bit field
2943You can also define numeric constants as @dfn{bit fields}.
b45619c0 2944Specify two numbers separated by a colon---
252b5132
RH
2945@example
2946@var{mask}:@var{value}
2947@end example
2948@noindent
a4fb0134 2949@command{@value{AS}} applies a bitwise @sc{and} between @var{mask} and
252b5132
RH
2950@var{value}.
2951
2952The resulting number is then packed
2953@ifset GENERIC
2954@c this conditional paren in case bit fields turned on elsewhere than 960
2955(in host-dependent byte order)
2956@end ifset
2957into a field whose width depends on which assembler directive has the
2958bit-field as its argument. Overflow (a result from the bitwise and
2959requiring more binary digits to represent) is not an error; instead,
2960more constants are generated, of the specified width, beginning with the
2961least significant digits.@refill
2962
2963The directives @code{.byte}, @code{.hword}, @code{.int}, @code{.long},
2964@code{.short}, and @code{.word} accept bit-field arguments.
2965@end ifset
2966@end ifclear
2967
2968@node Sections
2969@chapter Sections and Relocation
2970@cindex sections
2971@cindex relocation
2972
2973@menu
2974* Secs Background:: Background
2975* Ld Sections:: Linker Sections
2976* As Sections:: Assembler Internal Sections
2977* Sub-Sections:: Sub-Sections
2978* bss:: bss Section
2979@end menu
2980
2981@node Secs Background
2982@section Background
2983
2984Roughly, a section is a range of addresses, with no gaps; all data
2985``in'' those addresses is treated the same for some particular purpose.
2986For example there may be a ``read only'' section.
2987
2988@cindex linker, and assembler
2989@cindex assembler, and linker
2990The linker @code{@value{LD}} reads many object files (partial programs) and
a4fb0134 2991combines their contents to form a runnable program. When @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
2992emits an object file, the partial program is assumed to start at address 0.
2993@code{@value{LD}} assigns the final addresses for the partial program, so that
2994different partial programs do not overlap. This is actually an
a4fb0134 2995oversimplification, but it suffices to explain how @command{@value{AS}} uses
252b5132
RH
2996sections.
2997
2998@code{@value{LD}} moves blocks of bytes of your program to their run-time
2999addresses. These blocks slide to their run-time addresses as rigid
3000units; their length does not change and neither does the order of bytes
3001within them. Such a rigid unit is called a @emph{section}. Assigning
3002run-time addresses to sections is called @dfn{relocation}. It includes
3003the task of adjusting mentions of object-file addresses so they refer to
3004the proper run-time addresses.
3005@ifset H8
7be1c489 3006For the H8/300, and for the Renesas / SuperH SH,
a4fb0134 3007@command{@value{AS}} pads sections if needed to
252b5132
RH
3008ensure they end on a word (sixteen bit) boundary.
3009@end ifset
3010
3011@cindex standard assembler sections
a4fb0134 3012An object file written by @command{@value{AS}} has at least three sections, any
252b5132
RH
3013of which may be empty. These are named @dfn{text}, @dfn{data} and
3014@dfn{bss} sections.
3015
c1253627 3016@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 3017@ifset GENERIC
c1253627 3018When it generates COFF or ELF output,
252b5132 3019@end ifset
a4fb0134 3020@command{@value{AS}} can also generate whatever other named sections you specify
252b5132
RH
3021using the @samp{.section} directive (@pxref{Section,,@code{.section}}).
3022If you do not use any directives that place output in the @samp{.text}
3023or @samp{.data} sections, these sections still exist, but are empty.
3024@end ifset
3025
3026@ifset HPPA
3027@ifset GENERIC
a4fb0134 3028When @command{@value{AS}} generates SOM or ELF output for the HPPA,
252b5132 3029@end ifset
a4fb0134 3030@command{@value{AS}} can also generate whatever other named sections you
252b5132
RH
3031specify using the @samp{.space} and @samp{.subspace} directives. See
3032@cite{HP9000 Series 800 Assembly Language Reference Manual}
3033(HP 92432-90001) for details on the @samp{.space} and @samp{.subspace}
3034assembler directives.
3035
3036@ifset SOM
a4fb0134 3037Additionally, @command{@value{AS}} uses different names for the standard
252b5132
RH
3038text, data, and bss sections when generating SOM output. Program text
3039is placed into the @samp{$CODE$} section, data into @samp{$DATA$}, and
3040BSS into @samp{$BSS$}.
3041@end ifset
3042@end ifset
3043
3044Within the object file, the text section starts at address @code{0}, the
3045data section follows, and the bss section follows the data section.
3046
3047@ifset HPPA
3048When generating either SOM or ELF output files on the HPPA, the text
3049section starts at address @code{0}, the data section at address
3050@code{0x4000000}, and the bss section follows the data section.
3051@end ifset
3052
3053To let @code{@value{LD}} know which data changes when the sections are
a4fb0134 3054relocated, and how to change that data, @command{@value{AS}} also writes to the
252b5132
RH
3055object file details of the relocation needed. To perform relocation
3056@code{@value{LD}} must know, each time an address in the object
3057file is mentioned:
3058@itemize @bullet
3059@item
3060Where in the object file is the beginning of this reference to
3061an address?
3062@item
3063How long (in bytes) is this reference?
3064@item
3065Which section does the address refer to? What is the numeric value of
3066@display
3067(@var{address}) @minus{} (@var{start-address of section})?
3068@end display
3069@item
3070Is the reference to an address ``Program-Counter relative''?
3071@end itemize
3072
3073@cindex addresses, format of
3074@cindex section-relative addressing
a4fb0134 3075In fact, every address @command{@value{AS}} ever uses is expressed as
252b5132
RH
3076@display
3077(@var{section}) + (@var{offset into section})
3078@end display
3079@noindent
a4fb0134 3080Further, most expressions @command{@value{AS}} computes have this section-relative
252b5132
RH
3081nature.
3082@ifset SOM
3083(For some object formats, such as SOM for the HPPA, some expressions are
3084symbol-relative instead.)
3085@end ifset
3086
3087In this manual we use the notation @{@var{secname} @var{N}@} to mean ``offset
3088@var{N} into section @var{secname}.''
3089
3090Apart from text, data and bss sections you need to know about the
3091@dfn{absolute} section. When @code{@value{LD}} mixes partial programs,
3092addresses in the absolute section remain unchanged. For example, address
3093@code{@{absolute 0@}} is ``relocated'' to run-time address 0 by
3094@code{@value{LD}}. Although the linker never arranges two partial programs'
3095data sections with overlapping addresses after linking, @emph{by definition}
3096their absolute sections must overlap. Address @code{@{absolute@ 239@}} in one
3097part of a program is always the same address when the program is running as
3098address @code{@{absolute@ 239@}} in any other part of the program.
3099
3100The idea of sections is extended to the @dfn{undefined} section. Any
3101address whose section is unknown at assembly time is by definition
3102rendered @{undefined @var{U}@}---where @var{U} is filled in later.
3103Since numbers are always defined, the only way to generate an undefined
3104address is to mention an undefined symbol. A reference to a named
3105common block would be such a symbol: its value is unknown at assembly
3106time so it has section @emph{undefined}.
3107
3108By analogy the word @emph{section} is used to describe groups of sections in
3109the linked program. @code{@value{LD}} puts all partial programs' text
3110sections in contiguous addresses in the linked program. It is
3111customary to refer to the @emph{text section} of a program, meaning all
3112the addresses of all partial programs' text sections. Likewise for
3113data and bss sections.
3114
3115Some sections are manipulated by @code{@value{LD}}; others are invented for
a4fb0134 3116use of @command{@value{AS}} and have no meaning except during assembly.
252b5132
RH
3117
3118@node Ld Sections
3119@section Linker Sections
3120@code{@value{LD}} deals with just four kinds of sections, summarized below.
3121
3122@table @strong
3123
c1253627 3124@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132
RH
3125@cindex named sections
3126@cindex sections, named
3127@item named sections
3128@end ifset
3129@ifset aout-bout
3130@cindex text section
3131@cindex data section
3132@itemx text section
3133@itemx data section
3134@end ifset
a4fb0134 3135These sections hold your program. @command{@value{AS}} and @code{@value{LD}} treat them as
252b5132 3136separate but equal sections. Anything you can say of one section is
c1253627
NC
3137true of another.
3138@c @ifset aout-bout
252b5132
RH
3139When the program is running, however, it is
3140customary for the text section to be unalterable. The
3141text section is often shared among processes: it contains
3142instructions, constants and the like. The data section of a running
3143program is usually alterable: for example, C variables would be stored
3144in the data section.
c1253627 3145@c @end ifset
252b5132
RH
3146
3147@cindex bss section
3148@item bss section
3149This section contains zeroed bytes when your program begins running. It
a349d9dd 3150is used to hold uninitialized variables or common storage. The length of
252b5132
RH
3151each partial program's bss section is important, but because it starts
3152out containing zeroed bytes there is no need to store explicit zero
3153bytes in the object file. The bss section was invented to eliminate
3154those explicit zeros from object files.
3155
3156@cindex absolute section
3157@item absolute section
3158Address 0 of this section is always ``relocated'' to runtime address 0.
3159This is useful if you want to refer to an address that @code{@value{LD}} must
3160not change when relocating. In this sense we speak of absolute
3161addresses being ``unrelocatable'': they do not change during relocation.
3162
3163@cindex undefined section
3164@item undefined section
3165This ``section'' is a catch-all for address references to objects not in
3166the preceding sections.
3167@c FIXME: ref to some other doc on obj-file formats could go here.
3168@end table
3169
3170@cindex relocation example
3171An idealized example of three relocatable sections follows.
c1253627 3172@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132
RH
3173The example uses the traditional section names @samp{.text} and @samp{.data}.
3174@end ifset
3175Memory addresses are on the horizontal axis.
3176
3177@c TEXI2ROFF-KILL
c1253627 3178@ifnottex
252b5132
RH
3179@c END TEXI2ROFF-KILL
3180@smallexample
3181 +-----+----+--+
3182partial program # 1: |ttttt|dddd|00|
3183 +-----+----+--+
3184
3185 text data bss
3186 seg. seg. seg.
3187
3188 +---+---+---+
3189partial program # 2: |TTT|DDD|000|
3190 +---+---+---+
3191
3192 +--+---+-----+--+----+---+-----+~~
3193linked program: | |TTT|ttttt| |dddd|DDD|00000|
3194 +--+---+-----+--+----+---+-----+~~
3195
3196 addresses: 0 @dots{}
3197@end smallexample
3198@c TEXI2ROFF-KILL
c1253627 3199@end ifnottex
252b5132
RH
3200@need 5000
3201@tex
c1253627 3202\bigskip
252b5132
RH
3203\line{\it Partial program \#1: \hfil}
3204\line{\ibox{2.5cm}{\tt text}\ibox{2cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1cm}{\tt bss}\hfil}
3205\line{\boxit{2.5cm}{\tt ttttt}\boxit{2cm}{\tt dddd}\boxit{1cm}{\tt 00}\hfil}
3206
3207\line{\it Partial program \#2: \hfil}
3208\line{\ibox{1cm}{\tt text}\ibox{1.5cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1cm}{\tt bss}\hfil}
3209\line{\boxit{1cm}{\tt TTT}\boxit{1.5cm}{\tt DDDD}\boxit{1cm}{\tt 000}\hfil}
3210
3211\line{\it linked program: \hfil}
3212\line{\ibox{.5cm}{}\ibox{1cm}{\tt text}\ibox{2.5cm}{}\ibox{.75cm}{}\ibox{2cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1.5cm}{}\ibox{2cm}{\tt bss}\hfil}
3213\line{\boxit{.5cm}{}\boxit{1cm}{\tt TTT}\boxit{2.5cm}{\tt
3214ttttt}\boxit{.75cm}{}\boxit{2cm}{\tt dddd}\boxit{1.5cm}{\tt
3215DDDD}\boxit{2cm}{\tt 00000}\ \dots\hfil}
3216
3217\line{\it addresses: \hfil}
3218\line{0\dots\hfil}
3219
3220@end tex
3221@c END TEXI2ROFF-KILL
3222
3223@node As Sections
3224@section Assembler Internal Sections
3225
3226@cindex internal assembler sections
3227@cindex sections in messages, internal
a4fb0134 3228These sections are meant only for the internal use of @command{@value{AS}}. They
252b5132 3229have no meaning at run-time. You do not really need to know about these
a4fb0134 3230sections for most purposes; but they can be mentioned in @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132 3231warning messages, so it might be helpful to have an idea of their
a4fb0134 3232meanings to @command{@value{AS}}. These sections are used to permit the
252b5132
RH
3233value of every expression in your assembly language program to be a
3234section-relative address.
3235
3236@table @b
3237@cindex assembler internal logic error
3238@item ASSEMBLER-INTERNAL-LOGIC-ERROR!
3239An internal assembler logic error has been found. This means there is a
3240bug in the assembler.
3241
3242@cindex expr (internal section)
3243@item expr section
3244The assembler stores complex expression internally as combinations of
3245symbols. When it needs to represent an expression as a symbol, it puts
3246it in the expr section.
3247@c FIXME item debug
3248@c FIXME item transfer[t] vector preload
3249@c FIXME item transfer[t] vector postload
3250@c FIXME item register
3251@end table
3252
3253@node Sub-Sections
3254@section Sub-Sections
3255
3256@cindex numbered subsections
3257@cindex grouping data
3258@ifset aout-bout
3259Assembled bytes
c1253627 3260@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132
RH
3261conventionally
3262@end ifset
3263fall into two sections: text and data.
3264@end ifset
3265You may have separate groups of
3266@ifset GENERIC
3267data in named sections
3268@end ifset
3269@ifclear GENERIC
3270@ifclear aout-bout
3271data in named sections
3272@end ifclear
3273@ifset aout-bout
3274text or data
3275@end ifset
3276@end ifclear
3277that you want to end up near to each other in the object file, even though they
a4fb0134 3278are not contiguous in the assembler source. @command{@value{AS}} allows you to
252b5132
RH
3279use @dfn{subsections} for this purpose. Within each section, there can be
3280numbered subsections with values from 0 to 8192. Objects assembled into the
3281same subsection go into the object file together with other objects in the same
3282subsection. For example, a compiler might want to store constants in the text
3283section, but might not want to have them interspersed with the program being
3284assembled. In this case, the compiler could issue a @samp{.text 0} before each
3285section of code being output, and a @samp{.text 1} before each group of
3286constants being output.
3287
3288Subsections are optional. If you do not use subsections, everything
3289goes in subsection number zero.
3290
3291@ifset GENERIC
3292Each subsection is zero-padded up to a multiple of four bytes.
3293(Subsections may be padded a different amount on different flavors
a4fb0134 3294of @command{@value{AS}}.)
252b5132
RH
3295@end ifset
3296@ifclear GENERIC
3297@ifset H8
7be1c489 3298On the H8/300 platform, each subsection is zero-padded to a word
252b5132 3299boundary (two bytes).
c2dcd04e 3300The same is true on the Renesas SH.
252b5132
RH
3301@end ifset
3302@ifset I960
3303@c FIXME section padding (alignment)?
3304@c Rich Pixley says padding here depends on target obj code format; that
3305@c doesn't seem particularly useful to say without further elaboration,
3306@c so for now I say nothing about it. If this is a generic BFD issue,
3307@c these paragraphs might need to vanish from this manual, and be
3308@c discussed in BFD chapter of binutils (or some such).
3309@end ifset
252b5132
RH
3310@end ifclear
3311
3312Subsections appear in your object file in numeric order, lowest numbered
3313to highest. (All this to be compatible with other people's assemblers.)
3314The object file contains no representation of subsections; @code{@value{LD}} and
3315other programs that manipulate object files see no trace of them.
3316They just see all your text subsections as a text section, and all your
3317data subsections as a data section.
3318
3319To specify which subsection you want subsequent statements assembled
3320into, use a numeric argument to specify it, in a @samp{.text
3321@var{expression}} or a @samp{.data @var{expression}} statement.
ed9589d4 3322@ifset COFF
252b5132 3323@ifset GENERIC
ed9589d4 3324When generating COFF output, you
252b5132
RH
3325@end ifset
3326@ifclear GENERIC
3327You
3328@end ifclear
3329can also use an extra subsection
3330argument with arbitrary named sections: @samp{.section @var{name},
3331@var{expression}}.
3332@end ifset
ed9589d4
BW
3333@ifset ELF
3334@ifset GENERIC
3335When generating ELF output, you
3336@end ifset
3337@ifclear GENERIC
3338You
3339@end ifclear
3340can also use the @code{.subsection} directive (@pxref{SubSection})
3341to specify a subsection: @samp{.subsection @var{expression}}.
3342@end ifset
96e9638b
BW
3343@var{Expression} should be an absolute expression
3344(@pxref{Expressions}). If you just say @samp{.text} then @samp{.text 0}
252b5132
RH
3345is assumed. Likewise @samp{.data} means @samp{.data 0}. Assembly
3346begins in @code{text 0}. For instance:
3347@smallexample
3348.text 0 # The default subsection is text 0 anyway.
3349.ascii "This lives in the first text subsection. *"
3350.text 1
3351.ascii "But this lives in the second text subsection."
3352.data 0
3353.ascii "This lives in the data section,"
3354.ascii "in the first data subsection."
3355.text 0
3356.ascii "This lives in the first text section,"
3357.ascii "immediately following the asterisk (*)."
3358@end smallexample
3359
3360Each section has a @dfn{location counter} incremented by one for every byte
3361assembled into that section. Because subsections are merely a convenience
a4fb0134 3362restricted to @command{@value{AS}} there is no concept of a subsection location
252b5132
RH
3363counter. There is no way to directly manipulate a location counter---but the
3364@code{.align} directive changes it, and any label definition captures its
3365current value. The location counter of the section where statements are being
3366assembled is said to be the @dfn{active} location counter.
3367
3368@node bss
3369@section bss Section
3370
3371@cindex bss section
3372@cindex common variable storage
3373The bss section is used for local common variable storage.
3374You may allocate address space in the bss section, but you may
3375not dictate data to load into it before your program executes. When
3376your program starts running, all the contents of the bss
3377section are zeroed bytes.
3378
3379The @code{.lcomm} pseudo-op defines a symbol in the bss section; see
3380@ref{Lcomm,,@code{.lcomm}}.
3381
3382The @code{.comm} pseudo-op may be used to declare a common symbol, which is
96e9638b 3383another form of uninitialized symbol; see @ref{Comm,,@code{.comm}}.
252b5132
RH
3384
3385@ifset GENERIC
3386When assembling for a target which supports multiple sections, such as ELF or
3387COFF, you may switch into the @code{.bss} section and define symbols as usual;
3388see @ref{Section,,@code{.section}}. You may only assemble zero values into the
3389section. Typically the section will only contain symbol definitions and
3390@code{.skip} directives (@pxref{Skip,,@code{.skip}}).
3391@end ifset
3392
3393@node Symbols
3394@chapter Symbols
3395
3396@cindex symbols
3397Symbols are a central concept: the programmer uses symbols to name
3398things, the linker uses symbols to link, and the debugger uses symbols
3399to debug.
3400
3401@quotation
3402@cindex debuggers, and symbol order
a4fb0134 3403@emph{Warning:} @command{@value{AS}} does not place symbols in the object file in
252b5132
RH
3404the same order they were declared. This may break some debuggers.
3405@end quotation
3406
3407@menu
3408* Labels:: Labels
3409* Setting Symbols:: Giving Symbols Other Values
3410* Symbol Names:: Symbol Names
3411* Dot:: The Special Dot Symbol
3412* Symbol Attributes:: Symbol Attributes
3413@end menu
3414
3415@node Labels
3416@section Labels
3417
3418@cindex labels
3419A @dfn{label} is written as a symbol immediately followed by a colon
3420@samp{:}. The symbol then represents the current value of the
3421active location counter, and is, for example, a suitable instruction
3422operand. You are warned if you use the same symbol to represent two
3423different locations: the first definition overrides any other
3424definitions.
3425
3426@ifset HPPA
3427On the HPPA, the usual form for a label need not be immediately followed by a
3428colon, but instead must start in column zero. Only one label may be defined on
a4fb0134 3429a single line. To work around this, the HPPA version of @command{@value{AS}} also
252b5132
RH
3430provides a special directive @code{.label} for defining labels more flexibly.
3431@end ifset
3432
3433@node Setting Symbols
3434@section Giving Symbols Other Values
3435
3436@cindex assigning values to symbols
3437@cindex symbol values, assigning
3438A symbol can be given an arbitrary value by writing a symbol, followed
3439by an equals sign @samp{=}, followed by an expression
3440(@pxref{Expressions}). This is equivalent to using the @code{.set}
9497f5ac
NC
3441directive. @xref{Set,,@code{.set}}. In the same way, using a double
3442equals sign @samp{=}@samp{=} here represents an equivalent of the
3443@code{.eqv} directive. @xref{Eqv,,@code{.eqv}}.
252b5132 3444
f8739b83
JZ
3445@ifset Blackfin
3446Blackfin does not support symbol assignment with @samp{=}.
3447@end ifset
3448
252b5132
RH
3449@node Symbol Names
3450@section Symbol Names
3451
3452@cindex symbol names
3453@cindex names, symbol
3454@ifclear SPECIAL-SYMS
3455Symbol names begin with a letter or with one of @samp{._}. On most
3456machines, you can also use @code{$} in symbol names; exceptions are
3457noted in @ref{Machine Dependencies}. That character may be followed by any
96e9638b
BW
3458string of digits, letters, dollar signs (unless otherwise noted for a
3459particular target machine), and underscores.
252b5132 3460@end ifclear
252b5132
RH
3461@ifset SPECIAL-SYMS
3462@ifset H8
3463Symbol names begin with a letter or with one of @samp{._}. On the
7be1c489 3464Renesas SH you can also use @code{$} in symbol names. That
c2dcd04e
NC
3465character may be followed by any string of digits, letters, dollar signs (save
3466on the H8/300), and underscores.
252b5132
RH
3467@end ifset
3468@end ifset
3469
3470Case of letters is significant: @code{foo} is a different symbol name
3471than @code{Foo}.
3472
7bfd842d
NC
3473Multibyte characters are supported. To generate a symbol name containing
3474multibyte characters enclose it within double quotes and use escape codes. cf
3475@xref{Strings}. Generating a multibyte symbol name from a label is not
3476currently supported.
3477
252b5132
RH
3478Each symbol has exactly one name. Each name in an assembly language program
3479refers to exactly one symbol. You may use that symbol name any number of times
3480in a program.
3481
3482@subheading Local Symbol Names
3483
3484@cindex local symbol names
3485@cindex symbol names, local
ba83aca1
BW
3486A local symbol is any symbol beginning with certain local label prefixes.
3487By default, the local label prefix is @samp{.L} for ELF systems or
3488@samp{L} for traditional a.out systems, but each target may have its own
3489set of local label prefixes.
3490@ifset HPPA
3491On the HPPA local symbols begin with @samp{L$}.
3492@end ifset
3493
3494Local symbols are defined and used within the assembler, but they are
3495normally not saved in object files. Thus, they are not visible when debugging.
3496You may use the @samp{-L} option (@pxref{L, ,Include Local Symbols:
3497@option{-L}}) to retain the local symbols in the object files.
3498
3499@subheading Local Labels
3500
3501@cindex local labels
252b5132
RH
3502@cindex temporary symbol names
3503@cindex symbol names, temporary
ba83aca1 3504Local labels help compilers and programmers use names temporarily.
2d5aaba0
NC
3505They create symbols which are guaranteed to be unique over the entire scope of
3506the input source code and which can be referred to by a simple notation.
ba83aca1 3507To define a local label, write a label of the form @samp{@b{N}:} (where @b{N}
2d5aaba0 3508represents any positive integer). To refer to the most recent previous
ba83aca1 3509definition of that label write @samp{@b{N}b}, using the same number as when
2d5aaba0 3510you defined the label. To refer to the next definition of a local label, write
96e9638b 3511@samp{@b{N}f}---the @samp{b} stands for ``backwards'' and the @samp{f} stands
2d5aaba0
NC
3512for ``forwards''.
3513
3514There is no restriction on how you can use these labels, and you can reuse them
3515too. So that it is possible to repeatedly define the same local label (using
3516the same number @samp{@b{N}}), although you can only refer to the most recently
3517defined local label of that number (for a backwards reference) or the next
3518definition of a specific local label for a forward reference. It is also worth
3519noting that the first 10 local labels (@samp{@b{0:}}@dots{}@samp{@b{9:}}) are
3520implemented in a slightly more efficient manner than the others.
3521
3522Here is an example:
3523
3524@smallexample
35251: branch 1f
35262: branch 1b
35271: branch 2f
35282: branch 1b
3529@end smallexample
3530
3531Which is the equivalent of:
3532
3533@smallexample
3534label_1: branch label_3
3535label_2: branch label_1
3536label_3: branch label_4
3537label_4: branch label_3
3538@end smallexample
3539
ba83aca1 3540Local label names are only a notational device. They are immediately
2d5aaba0 3541transformed into more conventional symbol names before the assembler uses them.
96e9638b
BW
3542The symbol names are stored in the symbol table, appear in error messages, and
3543are optionally emitted to the object file. The names are constructed using
3544these parts:
252b5132
RH
3545
3546@table @code
ba83aca1
BW
3547@item @emph{local label prefix}
3548All local symbols begin with the system-specific local label prefix.
3549Normally both @command{@value{AS}} and @code{@value{LD}} forget symbols
3550that start with the local label prefix. These labels are
252b5132 3551used for symbols you are never intended to see. If you use the
a4fb0134 3552@samp{-L} option then @command{@value{AS}} retains these symbols in the
252b5132
RH
3553object file. If you also instruct @code{@value{LD}} to retain these symbols,
3554you may use them in debugging.
3555
2d5aaba0
NC
3556@item @var{number}
3557This is the number that was used in the local label definition. So if the
01642c12 3558label is written @samp{55:} then the number is @samp{55}.
252b5132 3559
2d5aaba0
NC
3560@item @kbd{C-B}
3561This unusual character is included so you do not accidentally invent a symbol
3562of the same name. The character has ASCII value of @samp{\002} (control-B).
252b5132
RH
3563
3564@item @emph{ordinal number}
2d5aaba0 3565This is a serial number to keep the labels distinct. The first definition of
01642c12 3566@samp{0:} gets the number @samp{1}. The 15th definition of @samp{0:} gets the
2d5aaba0 3567number @samp{15}, and so on. Likewise the first definition of @samp{1:} gets
b45619c0 3568the number @samp{1} and its 15th definition gets @samp{15} as well.
252b5132
RH
3569@end table
3570
ba83aca1
BW
3571So for example, the first @code{1:} may be named @code{.L1@kbd{C-B}1}, and
3572the 44th @code{3:} may be named @code{.L3@kbd{C-B}44}.
2d5aaba0
NC
3573
3574@subheading Dollar Local Labels
3575@cindex dollar local symbols
3576
3577@code{@value{AS}} also supports an even more local form of local labels called
96e9638b
BW
3578dollar labels. These labels go out of scope (i.e., they become undefined) as
3579soon as a non-local label is defined. Thus they remain valid for only a small
2d5aaba0
NC
3580region of the input source code. Normal local labels, by contrast, remain in
3581scope for the entire file, or until they are redefined by another occurrence of
3582the same local label.
3583
3584Dollar labels are defined in exactly the same way as ordinary local labels,
77cca80f
NC
3585except that they have a dollar sign suffix to their numeric value, e.g.,
3586@samp{@b{55$:}}.
2d5aaba0
NC
3587
3588They can also be distinguished from ordinary local labels by their transformed
96e9638b
BW
3589names which use ASCII character @samp{\001} (control-A) as the magic character
3590to distinguish them from ordinary labels. For example, the fifth definition of
ba83aca1 3591@samp{6$} may be named @samp{.L6@kbd{C-A}5}.
252b5132
RH
3592
3593@node Dot
3594@section The Special Dot Symbol
3595
3596@cindex dot (symbol)
3597@cindex @code{.} (symbol)
3598@cindex current address
3599@cindex location counter
3600The special symbol @samp{.} refers to the current address that
a4fb0134 3601@command{@value{AS}} is assembling into. Thus, the expression @samp{melvin:
252b5132
RH
3602.long .} defines @code{melvin} to contain its own address.
3603Assigning a value to @code{.} is treated the same as a @code{.org}
884f0d36 3604directive.
252b5132 3605@ifclear no-space-dir
884f0d36 3606Thus, the expression @samp{.=.+4} is the same as saying
252b5132
RH
3607@samp{.space 4}.
3608@end ifclear
252b5132
RH
3609
3610@node Symbol Attributes
3611@section Symbol Attributes
3612
3613@cindex symbol attributes
3614@cindex attributes, symbol
3615Every symbol has, as well as its name, the attributes ``Value'' and
3616``Type''. Depending on output format, symbols can also have auxiliary
3617attributes.
3618@ifset INTERNALS
3619The detailed definitions are in @file{a.out.h}.
3620@end ifset
3621
a4fb0134 3622If you use a symbol without defining it, @command{@value{AS}} assumes zero for
252b5132
RH
3623all these attributes, and probably won't warn you. This makes the
3624symbol an externally defined symbol, which is generally what you
3625would want.
3626
3627@menu
3628* Symbol Value:: Value
3629* Symbol Type:: Type
3630@ifset aout-bout
3631@ifset GENERIC
3632* a.out Symbols:: Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
3633@end ifset
3634@ifclear GENERIC
3635@ifclear BOUT
3636* a.out Symbols:: Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
3637@end ifclear
3638@ifset BOUT
3639* a.out Symbols:: Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}, @code{b.out}
3640@end ifset
3641@end ifclear
3642@end ifset
3643@ifset COFF
3644* COFF Symbols:: Symbol Attributes for COFF
3645@end ifset
3646@ifset SOM
3647* SOM Symbols:: Symbol Attributes for SOM
3648@end ifset
3649@end menu
3650
3651@node Symbol Value
3652@subsection Value
3653
3654@cindex value of a symbol
3655@cindex symbol value
3656The value of a symbol is (usually) 32 bits. For a symbol which labels a
3657location in the text, data, bss or absolute sections the value is the
3658number of addresses from the start of that section to the label.
3659Naturally for text, data and bss sections the value of a symbol changes
3660as @code{@value{LD}} changes section base addresses during linking. Absolute
3661symbols' values do not change during linking: that is why they are
3662called absolute.
3663
3664The value of an undefined symbol is treated in a special way. If it is
36650 then the symbol is not defined in this assembler source file, and
3666@code{@value{LD}} tries to determine its value from other files linked into the
3667same program. You make this kind of symbol simply by mentioning a symbol
3668name without defining it. A non-zero value represents a @code{.comm}
3669common declaration. The value is how much common storage to reserve, in
3670bytes (addresses). The symbol refers to the first address of the
3671allocated storage.
3672
3673@node Symbol Type
3674@subsection Type
3675
3676@cindex type of a symbol
3677@cindex symbol type
3678The type attribute of a symbol contains relocation (section)
3679information, any flag settings indicating that a symbol is external, and
3680(optionally), other information for linkers and debuggers. The exact
3681format depends on the object-code output format in use.
3682
3683@ifset aout-bout
3684@ifclear GENERIC
3685@ifset BOUT
3686@c The following avoids a "widow" subsection title. @group would be
3687@c better if it were available outside examples.
3688@need 1000
3689@node a.out Symbols
3690@subsection Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}, @code{b.out}
3691
3692@cindex @code{b.out} symbol attributes
3693@cindex symbol attributes, @code{b.out}
a4fb0134 3694These symbol attributes appear only when @command{@value{AS}} is configured for
252b5132
RH
3695one of the Berkeley-descended object output formats---@code{a.out} or
3696@code{b.out}.
3697
3698@end ifset
3699@ifclear BOUT
3700@node a.out Symbols
3701@subsection Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
3702
3703@cindex @code{a.out} symbol attributes
3704@cindex symbol attributes, @code{a.out}
3705
3706@end ifclear
3707@end ifclear
3708@ifset GENERIC
3709@node a.out Symbols
3710@subsection Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
3711
3712@cindex @code{a.out} symbol attributes
3713@cindex symbol attributes, @code{a.out}
3714
3715@end ifset
3716@menu
3717* Symbol Desc:: Descriptor
3718* Symbol Other:: Other
3719@end menu
3720
3721@node Symbol Desc
3722@subsubsection Descriptor
3723
3724@cindex descriptor, of @code{a.out} symbol
3725This is an arbitrary 16-bit value. You may establish a symbol's
3726descriptor value by using a @code{.desc} statement
3727(@pxref{Desc,,@code{.desc}}). A descriptor value means nothing to
a4fb0134 3728@command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
3729
3730@node Symbol Other
3731@subsubsection Other
3732
3733@cindex other attribute, of @code{a.out} symbol
a4fb0134 3734This is an arbitrary 8-bit value. It means nothing to @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
3735@end ifset
3736
3737@ifset COFF
3738@node COFF Symbols
3739@subsection Symbol Attributes for COFF
3740
3741@cindex COFF symbol attributes
3742@cindex symbol attributes, COFF
3743
3744The COFF format supports a multitude of auxiliary symbol attributes;
3745like the primary symbol attributes, they are set between @code{.def} and
3746@code{.endef} directives.
3747
3748@subsubsection Primary Attributes
3749
3750@cindex primary attributes, COFF symbols
3751The symbol name is set with @code{.def}; the value and type,
3752respectively, with @code{.val} and @code{.type}.
3753
3754@subsubsection Auxiliary Attributes
3755
3756@cindex auxiliary attributes, COFF symbols
a4fb0134 3757The @command{@value{AS}} directives @code{.dim}, @code{.line}, @code{.scl},
c87db184
CF
3758@code{.size}, @code{.tag}, and @code{.weak} can generate auxiliary symbol
3759table information for COFF.
252b5132
RH
3760@end ifset
3761
3762@ifset SOM
3763@node SOM Symbols
3764@subsection Symbol Attributes for SOM
3765
3766@cindex SOM symbol attributes
3767@cindex symbol attributes, SOM
3768
3769The SOM format for the HPPA supports a multitude of symbol attributes set with
3770the @code{.EXPORT} and @code{.IMPORT} directives.
3771
01642c12 3772The attributes are described in @cite{HP9000 Series 800 Assembly
252b5132
RH
3773Language Reference Manual} (HP 92432-90001) under the @code{IMPORT} and
3774@code{EXPORT} assembler directive documentation.
3775@end ifset
3776
3777@node Expressions
3778@chapter Expressions
3779
3780@cindex expressions
3781@cindex addresses
3782@cindex numeric values
3783An @dfn{expression} specifies an address or numeric value.
3784Whitespace may precede and/or follow an expression.
3785
3786The result of an expression must be an absolute number, or else an offset into
3787a particular section. If an expression is not absolute, and there is not
a4fb0134 3788enough information when @command{@value{AS}} sees the expression to know its
252b5132
RH
3789section, a second pass over the source program might be necessary to interpret
3790the expression---but the second pass is currently not implemented.
a4fb0134 3791@command{@value{AS}} aborts with an error message in this situation.
252b5132
RH
3792
3793@menu
3794* Empty Exprs:: Empty Expressions
3795* Integer Exprs:: Integer Expressions
3796@end menu
3797
3798@node Empty Exprs
3799@section Empty Expressions
3800
3801@cindex empty expressions
3802@cindex expressions, empty
3803An empty expression has no value: it is just whitespace or null.
3804Wherever an absolute expression is required, you may omit the
a4fb0134 3805expression, and @command{@value{AS}} assumes a value of (absolute) 0. This
252b5132
RH
3806is compatible with other assemblers.
3807
3808@node Integer Exprs
3809@section Integer Expressions
3810
3811@cindex integer expressions
3812@cindex expressions, integer
3813An @dfn{integer expression} is one or more @emph{arguments} delimited
3814by @emph{operators}.
3815
3816@menu
3817* Arguments:: Arguments
3818* Operators:: Operators
3819* Prefix Ops:: Prefix Operators
3820* Infix Ops:: Infix Operators
3821@end menu
3822
3823@node Arguments
3824@subsection Arguments
3825
3826@cindex expression arguments
3827@cindex arguments in expressions
3828@cindex operands in expressions
3829@cindex arithmetic operands
3830@dfn{Arguments} are symbols, numbers or subexpressions. In other
3831contexts arguments are sometimes called ``arithmetic operands''. In
3832this manual, to avoid confusing them with the ``instruction operands'' of
3833the machine language, we use the term ``argument'' to refer to parts of
3834expressions only, reserving the word ``operand'' to refer only to machine
3835instruction operands.
3836
3837Symbols are evaluated to yield @{@var{section} @var{NNN}@} where
3838@var{section} is one of text, data, bss, absolute,
3839or undefined. @var{NNN} is a signed, 2's complement 32 bit
3840integer.
3841
3842Numbers are usually integers.
3843
3844A number can be a flonum or bignum. In this case, you are warned
a4fb0134 3845that only the low order 32 bits are used, and @command{@value{AS}} pretends
252b5132
RH
3846these 32 bits are an integer. You may write integer-manipulating
3847instructions that act on exotic constants, compatible with other
3848assemblers.
3849
3850@cindex subexpressions
3851Subexpressions are a left parenthesis @samp{(} followed by an integer
3852expression, followed by a right parenthesis @samp{)}; or a prefix
3853operator followed by an argument.
3854
3855@node Operators
3856@subsection Operators
3857
3858@cindex operators, in expressions
3859@cindex arithmetic functions
3860@cindex functions, in expressions
3861@dfn{Operators} are arithmetic functions, like @code{+} or @code{%}. Prefix
3862operators are followed by an argument. Infix operators appear
3863between their arguments. Operators may be preceded and/or followed by
3864whitespace.
3865
3866@node Prefix Ops
3867@subsection Prefix Operator
3868
3869@cindex prefix operators
a4fb0134 3870@command{@value{AS}} has the following @dfn{prefix operators}. They each take
252b5132
RH
3871one argument, which must be absolute.
3872
3873@c the tex/end tex stuff surrounding this small table is meant to make
3874@c it align, on the printed page, with the similar table in the next
3875@c section (which is inside an enumerate).
3876@tex
3877\global\advance\leftskip by \itemindent
3878@end tex
3879
3880@table @code
3881@item -
3882@dfn{Negation}. Two's complement negation.
3883@item ~
3884@dfn{Complementation}. Bitwise not.
3885@end table
3886
3887@tex
3888\global\advance\leftskip by -\itemindent
3889@end tex
3890
3891@node Infix Ops
3892@subsection Infix Operators
3893
3894@cindex infix operators
3895@cindex operators, permitted arguments
3896@dfn{Infix operators} take two arguments, one on either side. Operators
3897have precedence, but operations with equal precedence are performed left
a4fb0134 3898to right. Apart from @code{+} or @option{-}, both arguments must be
252b5132
RH
3899absolute, and the result is absolute.
3900
3901@enumerate
3902@cindex operator precedence
3903@cindex precedence of operators
3904
3905@item
3906Highest Precedence
3907
3908@table @code
3909@item *
3910@dfn{Multiplication}.
3911
3912@item /
3913@dfn{Division}. Truncation is the same as the C operator @samp{/}
3914
3915@item %
3916@dfn{Remainder}.
3917
d1eac9d9 3918@item <<
252b5132
RH
3919@dfn{Shift Left}. Same as the C operator @samp{<<}.
3920
d1eac9d9 3921@item >>
252b5132
RH
3922@dfn{Shift Right}. Same as the C operator @samp{>>}.
3923@end table
3924
3925@item
3926Intermediate precedence
3927
3928@table @code
3929@item |
3930
3931@dfn{Bitwise Inclusive Or}.
3932
3933@item &
3934@dfn{Bitwise And}.
3935
3936@item ^
3937@dfn{Bitwise Exclusive Or}.
3938
3939@item !
3940@dfn{Bitwise Or Not}.
3941@end table
3942
3943@item
b131d4dc 3944Low Precedence
252b5132
RH
3945
3946@table @code
3947@cindex addition, permitted arguments
3948@cindex plus, permitted arguments
3949@cindex arguments for addition
3950@item +
3951@dfn{Addition}. If either argument is absolute, the result has the section of
3952the other argument. You may not add together arguments from different
3953sections.
3954
3955@cindex subtraction, permitted arguments
3956@cindex minus, permitted arguments
3957@cindex arguments for subtraction
3958@item -
3959@dfn{Subtraction}. If the right argument is absolute, the
3960result has the section of the left argument.
3961If both arguments are in the same section, the result is absolute.
3962You may not subtract arguments from different sections.
3963@c FIXME is there still something useful to say about undefined - undefined ?
b131d4dc
NC
3964
3965@cindex comparison expressions
3966@cindex expressions, comparison
3967@item ==
3968@dfn{Is Equal To}
3969@item <>
723a8472 3970@itemx !=
b131d4dc
NC
3971@dfn{Is Not Equal To}
3972@item <
3973@dfn{Is Less Than}
d1eac9d9 3974@item >
b131d4dc 3975@dfn{Is Greater Than}
d1eac9d9 3976@item >=
b131d4dc 3977@dfn{Is Greater Than Or Equal To}
d1eac9d9 3978@item <=
b131d4dc
NC
3979@dfn{Is Less Than Or Equal To}
3980
3981The comparison operators can be used as infix operators. A true results has a
3982value of -1 whereas a false result has a value of 0. Note, these operators
3983perform signed comparisons.
3984@end table
3985
3986@item Lowest Precedence
3987
3988@table @code
3989@item &&
3990@dfn{Logical And}.
3991
3992@item ||
3993@dfn{Logical Or}.
3994
3995These two logical operations can be used to combine the results of sub
3996expressions. Note, unlike the comparison operators a true result returns a
3997value of 1 but a false results does still return 0. Also note that the logical
3998or operator has a slightly lower precedence than logical and.
3999
252b5132
RH
4000@end table
4001@end enumerate
4002
4003In short, it's only meaningful to add or subtract the @emph{offsets} in an
4004address; you can only have a defined section in one of the two arguments.
4005
4006@node Pseudo Ops
4007@chapter Assembler Directives
4008
4009@cindex directives, machine independent
4010@cindex pseudo-ops, machine independent
4011@cindex machine independent directives
4012All assembler directives have names that begin with a period (@samp{.}).
4013The rest of the name is letters, usually in lower case.
4014
4015This chapter discusses directives that are available regardless of the
4016target machine configuration for the @sc{gnu} assembler.
4017@ifset GENERIC
4018Some machine configurations provide additional directives.
4019@xref{Machine Dependencies}.
4020@end ifset
4021@ifclear GENERIC
4022@ifset machine-directives
96e9638b 4023@xref{Machine Dependencies}, for additional directives.
252b5132
RH
4024@end ifset
4025@end ifclear
4026
4027@menu
4028* Abort:: @code{.abort}
4029@ifset COFF
38a57ae7 4030* ABORT (COFF):: @code{.ABORT}
252b5132 4031@end ifset
f0dc282c 4032
252b5132 4033* Align:: @code{.align @var{abs-expr} , @var{abs-expr}}
caa32fe5 4034* Altmacro:: @code{.altmacro}
252b5132
RH
4035* Ascii:: @code{.ascii "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4036* Asciz:: @code{.asciz "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4037* Balign:: @code{.balign @var{abs-expr} , @var{abs-expr}}
fa94de6b 4038* Bundle directives:: @code{.bundle_align_mode @var{abs-expr}}, @code{.bundle_lock}, @code{.bundle_unlock}
252b5132 4039* Byte:: @code{.byte @var{expressions}}
4b7d318b 4040* CFI directives:: @code{.cfi_startproc [simple]}, @code{.cfi_endproc}, etc.
ccf8a69b 4041* Comm:: @code{.comm @var{symbol} , @var{length} }
252b5132
RH
4042* Data:: @code{.data @var{subsection}}
4043@ifset COFF
4044* Def:: @code{.def @var{name}}
4045@end ifset
4046@ifset aout-bout
4047* Desc:: @code{.desc @var{symbol}, @var{abs-expression}}
4048@end ifset
4049@ifset COFF
4050* Dim:: @code{.dim}
4051@end ifset
f0dc282c 4052
252b5132
RH
4053* Double:: @code{.double @var{flonums}}
4054* Eject:: @code{.eject}
4055* Else:: @code{.else}
3fd9f047 4056* Elseif:: @code{.elseif}
252b5132
RH
4057* End:: @code{.end}
4058@ifset COFF
4059* Endef:: @code{.endef}
4060@end ifset
f0dc282c 4061
252b5132
RH
4062* Endfunc:: @code{.endfunc}
4063* Endif:: @code{.endif}
4064* Equ:: @code{.equ @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4065* Equiv:: @code{.equiv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
9497f5ac 4066* Eqv:: @code{.eqv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
252b5132 4067* Err:: @code{.err}
d190d046 4068* Error:: @code{.error @var{string}}
252b5132
RH
4069* Exitm:: @code{.exitm}
4070* Extern:: @code{.extern}
4071* Fail:: @code{.fail}
14082c76 4072* File:: @code{.file}
252b5132
RH
4073* Fill:: @code{.fill @var{repeat} , @var{size} , @var{value}}
4074* Float:: @code{.float @var{flonums}}
01642c12 4075* Func:: @code{.func}
252b5132 4076* Global:: @code{.global @var{symbol}}, @code{.globl @var{symbol}}
c91d2e08 4077@ifset ELF
3a99f02f 4078* Gnu_attribute:: @code{.gnu_attribute @var{tag},@var{value}}
c91d2e08
NC
4079* Hidden:: @code{.hidden @var{names}}
4080@end ifset
f0dc282c 4081
252b5132
RH
4082* hword:: @code{.hword @var{expressions}}
4083* Ident:: @code{.ident}
4084* If:: @code{.if @var{absolute expression}}
7e005732 4085* Incbin:: @code{.incbin "@var{file}"[,@var{skip}[,@var{count}]]}
252b5132
RH
4086* Include:: @code{.include "@var{file}"}
4087* Int:: @code{.int @var{expressions}}
c91d2e08
NC
4088@ifset ELF
4089* Internal:: @code{.internal @var{names}}
4090@end ifset
f0dc282c 4091
252b5132
RH
4092* Irp:: @code{.irp @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
4093* Irpc:: @code{.irpc @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
4094* Lcomm:: @code{.lcomm @var{symbol} , @var{length}}
4095* Lflags:: @code{.lflags}
4096@ifclear no-line-dir
4097* Line:: @code{.line @var{line-number}}
4098@end ifclear
f0dc282c 4099
252b5132
RH
4100* Linkonce:: @code{.linkonce [@var{type}]}
4101* List:: @code{.list}
bd0eb99b 4102* Ln:: @code{.ln @var{line-number}}
14082c76
BW
4103* Loc:: @code{.loc @var{fileno} @var{lineno}}
4104* Loc_mark_labels:: @code{.loc_mark_labels @var{enable}}
4d4175af
BW
4105@ifset ELF
4106* Local:: @code{.local @var{names}}
4107@end ifset
bd0eb99b 4108
252b5132
RH
4109* Long:: @code{.long @var{expressions}}
4110@ignore
4111* Lsym:: @code{.lsym @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4112@end ignore
f0dc282c 4113
252b5132
RH
4114* Macro:: @code{.macro @var{name} @var{args}}@dots{}
4115* MRI:: @code{.mri @var{val}}
caa32fe5 4116* Noaltmacro:: @code{.noaltmacro}
252b5132
RH
4117* Nolist:: @code{.nolist}
4118* Octa:: @code{.octa @var{bignums}}
9aec2026 4119* Offset:: @code{.offset @var{loc}}
85234291
L
4120* Org:: @code{.org @var{new-lc}, @var{fill}}
4121* P2align:: @code{.p2align @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
c91d2e08
NC
4122@ifset ELF
4123* PopSection:: @code{.popsection}
4124* Previous:: @code{.previous}
4125@end ifset
f0dc282c 4126
252b5132 4127* Print:: @code{.print @var{string}}
c91d2e08
NC
4128@ifset ELF
4129* Protected:: @code{.protected @var{names}}
4130@end ifset
f0dc282c 4131
252b5132
RH
4132* Psize:: @code{.psize @var{lines}, @var{columns}}
4133* Purgem:: @code{.purgem @var{name}}
c91d2e08
NC
4134@ifset ELF
4135* PushSection:: @code{.pushsection @var{name}}
4136@end ifset
f0dc282c 4137
252b5132 4138* Quad:: @code{.quad @var{bignums}}
05e9452c 4139* Reloc:: @code{.reloc @var{offset}, @var{reloc_name}[, @var{expression}]}
252b5132
RH
4140* Rept:: @code{.rept @var{count}}
4141* Sbttl:: @code{.sbttl "@var{subheading}"}
4142@ifset COFF
4143* Scl:: @code{.scl @var{class}}
c1253627
NC
4144@end ifset
4145@ifset COFF-ELF
7337fc21 4146* Section:: @code{.section @var{name}[, @var{flags}]}
252b5132 4147@end ifset
f0dc282c 4148
252b5132
RH
4149* Set:: @code{.set @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4150* Short:: @code{.short @var{expressions}}
4151* Single:: @code{.single @var{flonums}}
c1253627 4152@ifset COFF-ELF
c91d2e08 4153* Size:: @code{.size [@var{name} , @var{expression}]}
c1253627 4154@end ifset
884f0d36 4155@ifclear no-space-dir
252b5132 4156* Skip:: @code{.skip @var{size} , @var{fill}}
884f0d36
BW
4157@end ifclear
4158
252b5132 4159* Sleb128:: @code{.sleb128 @var{expressions}}
884f0d36 4160@ifclear no-space-dir
252b5132 4161* Space:: @code{.space @var{size} , @var{fill}}
884f0d36 4162@end ifclear
252b5132
RH
4163@ifset have-stabs
4164* Stab:: @code{.stabd, .stabn, .stabs}
4165@end ifset
f0dc282c 4166
38a57ae7 4167* String:: @code{.string "@var{str}"}, @code{.string8 "@var{str}"}, @code{.string16 "@var{str}"}, @code{.string32 "@var{str}"}, @code{.string64 "@var{str}"}
252b5132
RH
4168* Struct:: @code{.struct @var{expression}}
4169@ifset ELF
c91d2e08 4170* SubSection:: @code{.subsection}
252b5132
RH
4171* Symver:: @code{.symver @var{name},@var{name2@@nodename}}
4172@end ifset
f0dc282c 4173
252b5132
RH
4174@ifset COFF
4175* Tag:: @code{.tag @var{structname}}
4176@end ifset
f0dc282c 4177
252b5132
RH
4178* Text:: @code{.text @var{subsection}}
4179* Title:: @code{.title "@var{heading}"}
c1253627 4180@ifset COFF-ELF
c91d2e08 4181* Type:: @code{.type <@var{int} | @var{name} , @var{type description}>}
c1253627
NC
4182@end ifset
4183
c91d2e08 4184* Uleb128:: @code{.uleb128 @var{expressions}}
252b5132 4185@ifset COFF
252b5132
RH
4186* Val:: @code{.val @var{addr}}
4187@end ifset
f0dc282c 4188
2e13b764 4189@ifset ELF
c91d2e08 4190* Version:: @code{.version "@var{string}"}
c91d2e08
NC
4191* VTableEntry:: @code{.vtable_entry @var{table}, @var{offset}}
4192* VTableInherit:: @code{.vtable_inherit @var{child}, @var{parent}}
2e13b764 4193@end ifset
f0dc282c 4194
d190d046 4195* Warning:: @code{.warning @var{string}}
c87db184 4196* Weak:: @code{.weak @var{names}}
06e77878 4197* Weakref:: @code{.weakref @var{alias}, @var{symbol}}
252b5132
RH
4198* Word:: @code{.word @var{expressions}}
4199* Deprecated:: Deprecated Directives
4200@end menu
4201
4202@node Abort
4203@section @code{.abort}
4204
4205@cindex @code{abort} directive
4206@cindex stopping the assembly
4207This directive stops the assembly immediately. It is for
4208compatibility with other assemblers. The original idea was that the
4209assembly language source would be piped into the assembler. If the sender
a4fb0134 4210of the source quit, it could use this directive tells @command{@value{AS}} to
252b5132
RH
4211quit also. One day @code{.abort} will not be supported.
4212
4213@ifset COFF
370b66a1
CD
4214@node ABORT (COFF)
4215@section @code{.ABORT} (COFF)
252b5132
RH
4216
4217@cindex @code{ABORT} directive
a4fb0134 4218When producing COFF output, @command{@value{AS}} accepts this directive as a
252b5132
RH
4219synonym for @samp{.abort}.
4220
4221@ifset BOUT
a4fb0134 4222When producing @code{b.out} output, @command{@value{AS}} accepts this directive,
252b5132
RH
4223but ignores it.
4224@end ifset
4225@end ifset
4226
4227@node Align
4228@section @code{.align @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
4229
4230@cindex padding the location counter
4231@cindex @code{align} directive
4232Pad the location counter (in the current subsection) to a particular storage
4233boundary. The first expression (which must be absolute) is the alignment
4234required, as described below.
4235
4236The second expression (also absolute) gives the fill value to be stored in the
4237padding bytes. It (and the comma) may be omitted. If it is omitted, the
4238padding bytes are normally zero. However, on some systems, if the section is
4239marked as containing code and the fill value is omitted, the space is filled
4240with no-op instructions.
4241
4242The third expression is also absolute, and is also optional. If it is present,
4243it is the maximum number of bytes that should be skipped by this alignment
4244directive. If doing the alignment would require skipping more bytes than the
4245specified maximum, then the alignment is not done at all. You can omit the
4246fill value (the second argument) entirely by simply using two commas after the
4247required alignment; this can be useful if you want the alignment to be filled
4248with no-op instructions when appropriate.
4249
4250The way the required alignment is specified varies from system to system.
7be1c489 4251For the arc, hppa, i386 using ELF, i860, iq2000, m68k, or32,
60946ad0 4252s390, sparc, tic4x, tic80 and xtensa, the first expression is the
252b5132
RH
4253alignment request in bytes. For example @samp{.align 8} advances
4254the location counter until it is a multiple of 8. If the location counter
60946ad0
AM
4255is already a multiple of 8, no change is needed. For the tic54x, the
4256first expression is the alignment request in words.
252b5132 4257
9e9a9798 4258For other systems, including ppc, i386 using a.out format, arm and
adcf07e6 4259strongarm, it is the
252b5132
RH
4260number of low-order zero bits the location counter must have after
4261advancement. For example @samp{.align 3} advances the location
4262counter until it a multiple of 8. If the location counter is already a
4263multiple of 8, no change is needed.
4264
4265This inconsistency is due to the different behaviors of the various
4266native assemblers for these systems which GAS must emulate.
4267GAS also provides @code{.balign} and @code{.p2align} directives,
4268described later, which have a consistent behavior across all
4269architectures (but are specific to GAS).
4270
ccf8a69b
BW
4271@node Altmacro
4272@section @code{.altmacro}
4273Enable alternate macro mode, enabling:
4274
4275@ftable @code
4276@item LOCAL @var{name} [ , @dots{} ]
4277One additional directive, @code{LOCAL}, is available. It is used to
4278generate a string replacement for each of the @var{name} arguments, and
4279replace any instances of @var{name} in each macro expansion. The
4280replacement string is unique in the assembly, and different for each
4281separate macro expansion. @code{LOCAL} allows you to write macros that
4282define symbols, without fear of conflict between separate macro expansions.
4283
4284@item String delimiters
4285You can write strings delimited in these other ways besides
4286@code{"@var{string}"}:
4287
4288@table @code
4289@item '@var{string}'
4290You can delimit strings with single-quote characters.
4291
4292@item <@var{string}>
4293You can delimit strings with matching angle brackets.
4294@end table
4295
4296@item single-character string escape
4297To include any single character literally in a string (even if the
4298character would otherwise have some special meaning), you can prefix the
4299character with @samp{!} (an exclamation mark). For example, you can
4300write @samp{<4.3 !> 5.4!!>} to get the literal text @samp{4.3 > 5.4!}.
4301
4302@item Expression results as strings
4303You can write @samp{%@var{expr}} to evaluate the expression @var{expr}
01642c12 4304and use the result as a string.
ccf8a69b
BW
4305@end ftable
4306
252b5132
RH
4307@node Ascii
4308@section @code{.ascii "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4309
4310@cindex @code{ascii} directive
4311@cindex string literals
4312@code{.ascii} expects zero or more string literals (@pxref{Strings})
4313separated by commas. It assembles each string (with no automatic
4314trailing zero byte) into consecutive addresses.
4315
4316@node Asciz
4317@section @code{.asciz "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4318
4319@cindex @code{asciz} directive
4320@cindex zero-terminated strings
4321@cindex null-terminated strings
4322@code{.asciz} is just like @code{.ascii}, but each string is followed by
4323a zero byte. The ``z'' in @samp{.asciz} stands for ``zero''.
4324
4325@node Balign
4326@section @code{.balign[wl] @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
4327
4328@cindex padding the location counter given number of bytes
4329@cindex @code{balign} directive
4330Pad the location counter (in the current subsection) to a particular
4331storage boundary. The first expression (which must be absolute) is the
4332alignment request in bytes. For example @samp{.balign 8} advances
4333the location counter until it is a multiple of 8. If the location counter
4334is already a multiple of 8, no change is needed.
4335
4336The second expression (also absolute) gives the fill value to be stored in the
4337padding bytes. It (and the comma) may be omitted. If it is omitted, the
4338padding bytes are normally zero. However, on some systems, if the section is
4339marked as containing code and the fill value is omitted, the space is filled
4340with no-op instructions.
4341
4342The third expression is also absolute, and is also optional. If it is present,
4343it is the maximum number of bytes that should be skipped by this alignment
4344directive. If doing the alignment would require skipping more bytes than the
4345specified maximum, then the alignment is not done at all. You can omit the
4346fill value (the second argument) entirely by simply using two commas after the
4347required alignment; this can be useful if you want the alignment to be filled
4348with no-op instructions when appropriate.
4349
4350@cindex @code{balignw} directive
4351@cindex @code{balignl} directive
4352The @code{.balignw} and @code{.balignl} directives are variants of the
4353@code{.balign} directive. The @code{.balignw} directive treats the fill
4354pattern as a two byte word value. The @code{.balignl} directives treats the
4355fill pattern as a four byte longword value. For example, @code{.balignw
43564,0x368d} will align to a multiple of 4. If it skips two bytes, they will be
4357filled in with the value 0x368d (the exact placement of the bytes depends upon
4358the endianness of the processor). If it skips 1 or 3 bytes, the fill value is
4359undefined.
4360
fa94de6b
RM
4361@node Bundle directives
4362@section @code{.bundle_align_mode @var{abs-expr}}
4363@cindex @code{bundle_align_mode} directive
4364@cindex bundle
4365@cindex instruction bundle
4366@cindex aligned instruction bundle
ec82c18e 4367@code{.bundle_align_mode} enables or disables @dfn{aligned instruction
fa94de6b 4368bundle} mode. In this mode, sequences of adjacent instructions are grouped
ec82c18e 4369into fixed-sized @dfn{bundles}. If the argument is zero, this mode is
27dcf5c0 4370disabled (which is the default state). If the argument it not zero, it
fa94de6b
RM
4371gives the size of an instruction bundle as a power of two (as for the
4372@code{.p2align} directive, @pxref{P2align}).
4373
4374For some targets, it's an ABI requirement that no instruction may span a
ec82c18e 4375certain aligned boundary. A @dfn{bundle} is simply a sequence of
fa94de6b
RM
4376instructions that starts on an aligned boundary. For example, if
4377@var{abs-expr} is @code{5} then the bundle size is 32, so each aligned
4378chunk of 32 bytes is a bundle. When aligned instruction bundle mode is in
4379effect, no single instruction may span a boundary between bundles. If an
4380instruction would start too close to the end of a bundle for the length of
4381that particular instruction to fit within the bundle, then the space at the
4382end of that bundle is filled with no-op instructions so the instruction
4383starts in the next bundle. As a corollary, it's an error if any single
4384instruction's encoding is longer than the bundle size.
4385
4386@section @code{.bundle_lock} and @code{.bundle_unlock}
4387@cindex @code{bundle_lock} directive
4388@cindex @code{bundle_unlock} directive
4389The @code{.bundle_lock} and directive @code{.bundle_unlock} directives
4390allow explicit control over instruction bundle padding. These directives
4391are only valid when @code{.bundle_align_mode} has been used to enable
4392aligned instruction bundle mode. It's an error if they appear when
4393@code{.bundle_align_mode} has not been used at all, or when the last
4394directive was @w{@code{.bundle_align_mode 0}}.
4395
4396@cindex bundle-locked
4397For some targets, it's an ABI requirement that certain instructions may
4398appear only as part of specified permissible sequences of multiple
4399instructions, all within the same bundle. A pair of @code{.bundle_lock}
ec82c18e 4400and @code{.bundle_unlock} directives define a @dfn{bundle-locked}
fa94de6b
RM
4401instruction sequence. For purposes of aligned instruction bundle mode, a
4402sequence starting with @code{.bundle_lock} and ending with
4403@code{.bundle_unlock} is treated as a single instruction. That is, the
4404entire sequence must fit into a single bundle and may not span a bundle
4405boundary. If necessary, no-op instructions will be inserted before the
4406first instruction of the sequence so that the whole sequence starts on an
4407aligned bundle boundary. It's an error if the sequence is longer than the
4408bundle size.
4409
d416e51d
RM
4410For convenience when using @code{.bundle_lock} and @code{.bundle_unlock}
4411inside assembler macros (@pxref{Macro}), bundle-locked sequences may be
4412nested. That is, a second @code{.bundle_lock} directive before the next
4413@code{.bundle_unlock} directive has no effect except that it must be
4414matched by another closing @code{.bundle_unlock} so that there is the
4415same number of @code{.bundle_lock} and @code{.bundle_unlock} directives.
fa94de6b 4416
252b5132
RH
4417@node Byte
4418@section @code{.byte @var{expressions}}
4419
4420@cindex @code{byte} directive
4421@cindex integers, one byte
4422@code{.byte} expects zero or more expressions, separated by commas.
4423Each expression is assembled into the next byte.
4424
54cfded0 4425@node CFI directives
38462edf
JJ
4426@section @code{.cfi_sections @var{section_list}}
4427@cindex @code{cfi_sections} directive
4428@code{.cfi_sections} may be used to specify whether CFI directives
4429should emit @code{.eh_frame} section and/or @code{.debug_frame} section.
4430If @var{section_list} is @code{.eh_frame}, @code{.eh_frame} is emitted,
4431if @var{section_list} is @code{.debug_frame}, @code{.debug_frame} is emitted.
4432To emit both use @code{.eh_frame, .debug_frame}. The default if this
4433directive is not used is @code{.cfi_sections .eh_frame}.
4434
4b7d318b 4435@section @code{.cfi_startproc [simple]}
54cfded0
AM
4436@cindex @code{cfi_startproc} directive
4437@code{.cfi_startproc} is used at the beginning of each function that
4438should have an entry in @code{.eh_frame}. It initializes some internal
4b7d318b 4439data structures. Don't forget to close the function by
54cfded0
AM
4440@code{.cfi_endproc}.
4441
01642c12 4442Unless @code{.cfi_startproc} is used along with parameter @code{simple}
4b7d318b 4443it also emits some architecture dependent initial CFI instructions.
01642c12 4444
54cfded0
AM
4445@section @code{.cfi_endproc}
4446@cindex @code{cfi_endproc} directive
4447@code{.cfi_endproc} is used at the end of a function where it closes its
4448unwind entry previously opened by
b45619c0 4449@code{.cfi_startproc}, and emits it to @code{.eh_frame}.
54cfded0 4450
9b8ae42e
JJ
4451@section @code{.cfi_personality @var{encoding} [, @var{exp}]}
4452@code{.cfi_personality} defines personality routine and its encoding.
4453@var{encoding} must be a constant determining how the personality
4454should be encoded. If it is 255 (@code{DW_EH_PE_omit}), second
4455argument is not present, otherwise second argument should be
4456a constant or a symbol name. When using indirect encodings,
4457the symbol provided should be the location where personality
4458can be loaded from, not the personality routine itself.
4459The default after @code{.cfi_startproc} is @code{.cfi_personality 0xff},
4460no personality routine.
4461
4462@section @code{.cfi_lsda @var{encoding} [, @var{exp}]}
4463@code{.cfi_lsda} defines LSDA and its encoding.
4464@var{encoding} must be a constant determining how the LSDA
4465should be encoded. If it is 255 (@code{DW_EH_PE_omit}), second
4466argument is not present, otherwise second argument should be a constant
4467or a symbol name. The default after @code{.cfi_startproc} is @code{.cfi_lsda 0xff},
4468no LSDA.
4469
54cfded0 4470@section @code{.cfi_def_cfa @var{register}, @var{offset}}
01642c12 4471@code{.cfi_def_cfa} defines a rule for computing CFA as: @i{take
54cfded0
AM
4472address from @var{register} and add @var{offset} to it}.
4473
4474@section @code{.cfi_def_cfa_register @var{register}}
4475@code{.cfi_def_cfa_register} modifies a rule for computing CFA. From
4476now on @var{register} will be used instead of the old one. Offset
4477remains the same.
4478
4479@section @code{.cfi_def_cfa_offset @var{offset}}
4480@code{.cfi_def_cfa_offset} modifies a rule for computing CFA. Register
4481remains the same, but @var{offset} is new. Note that it is the
4482absolute offset that will be added to a defined register to compute
4483CFA address.
4484
4485@section @code{.cfi_adjust_cfa_offset @var{offset}}
4486Same as @code{.cfi_def_cfa_offset} but @var{offset} is a relative
4487value that is added/substracted from the previous offset.
4488
4489@section @code{.cfi_offset @var{register}, @var{offset}}
4490Previous value of @var{register} is saved at offset @var{offset} from
01642c12 4491CFA.
54cfded0 4492
17076204
RH
4493@section @code{.cfi_rel_offset @var{register}, @var{offset}}
4494Previous value of @var{register} is saved at offset @var{offset} from
4495the current CFA register. This is transformed to @code{.cfi_offset}
4496using the known displacement of the CFA register from the CFA.
4497This is often easier to use, because the number will match the
4498code it's annotating.
54cfded0 4499
4b7d318b
L
4500@section @code{.cfi_register @var{register1}, @var{register2}}
4501Previous value of @var{register1} is saved in register @var{register2}.
4502
4503@section @code{.cfi_restore @var{register}}
01642c12
RM
4504@code{.cfi_restore} says that the rule for @var{register} is now the
4505same as it was at the beginning of the function, after all initial
4b7d318b
L
4506instruction added by @code{.cfi_startproc} were executed.
4507
4508@section @code{.cfi_undefined @var{register}}
4509From now on the previous value of @var{register} can't be restored anymore.
4510
4511@section @code{.cfi_same_value @var{register}}
01642c12 4512Current value of @var{register} is the same like in the previous frame,
4b7d318b
L
4513i.e. no restoration needed.
4514
01642c12
RM
4515@section @code{.cfi_remember_state},
4516First save all current rules for all registers by @code{.cfi_remember_state},
4517then totally screw them up by subsequent @code{.cfi_*} directives and when
4518everything is hopelessly bad, use @code{.cfi_restore_state} to restore
4b7d318b
L
4519the previous saved state.
4520
4521@section @code{.cfi_return_column @var{register}}
01642c12 4522Change return column @var{register}, i.e. the return address is either
4b7d318b
L
4523directly in @var{register} or can be accessed by rules for @var{register}.
4524
63752a75
JJ
4525@section @code{.cfi_signal_frame}
4526Mark current function as signal trampoline.
4527
6749011b 4528@section @code{.cfi_window_save}
364b6d8b
JJ
4529SPARC register window has been saved.
4530
cdfbf930
RH
4531@section @code{.cfi_escape} @var{expression}[, @dots{}]
4532Allows the user to add arbitrary bytes to the unwind info. One
4533might use this to add OS-specific CFI opcodes, or generic CFI
4534opcodes that GAS does not yet support.
252b5132 4535
f1c4cc75
RH
4536@section @code{.cfi_val_encoded_addr @var{register}, @var{encoding}, @var{label}}
4537The current value of @var{register} is @var{label}. The value of @var{label}
4538will be encoded in the output file according to @var{encoding}; see the
4539description of @code{.cfi_personality} for details on this encoding.
4540
4541The usefulness of equating a register to a fixed label is probably
4542limited to the return address register. Here, it can be useful to
4543mark a code segment that has only one return address which is reached
4544by a direct branch and no copy of the return address exists in memory
4545or another register.
4546
ccf8a69b
BW
4547@node Comm
4548@section @code{.comm @var{symbol} , @var{length} }
bd0eb99b 4549
ccf8a69b
BW
4550@cindex @code{comm} directive
4551@cindex symbol, common
4552@code{.comm} declares a common symbol named @var{symbol}. When linking, a
4553common symbol in one object file may be merged with a defined or common symbol
4554of the same name in another object file. If @code{@value{LD}} does not see a
4555definition for the symbol--just one or more common symbols--then it will
4556allocate @var{length} bytes of uninitialized memory. @var{length} must be an
4557absolute expression. If @code{@value{LD}} sees multiple common symbols with
4558the same name, and they do not all have the same size, it will allocate space
4559using the largest size.
07a53e5c 4560
c1711530
DK
4561@ifset COFF-ELF
4562When using ELF or (as a GNU extension) PE, the @code{.comm} directive takes
01642c12 4563an optional third argument. This is the desired alignment of the symbol,
c1711530
DK
4564specified for ELF as a byte boundary (for example, an alignment of 16 means
4565that the least significant 4 bits of the address should be zero), and for PE
4566as a power of two (for example, an alignment of 5 means aligned to a 32-byte
01642c12 4567boundary). The alignment must be an absolute expression, and it must be a
c1711530 4568power of two. If @code{@value{LD}} allocates uninitialized memory for the
01642c12 4569common symbol, it will use the alignment when placing the symbol. If no
c1711530 4570alignment is specified, @command{@value{AS}} will set the alignment to the
ccf8a69b 4571largest power of two less than or equal to the size of the symbol, up to a
c1711530
DK
4572maximum of 16 on ELF, or the default section alignment of 4 on PE@footnote{This
4573is not the same as the executable image file alignment controlled by @code{@value{LD}}'s
4574@samp{--section-alignment} option; image file sections in PE are aligned to
4575multiples of 4096, which is far too large an alignment for ordinary variables.
4576It is rather the default alignment for (non-debug) sections within object
4577(@samp{*.o}) files, which are less strictly aligned.}.
ccf8a69b 4578@end ifset
cd1fcb49 4579
ccf8a69b
BW
4580@ifset HPPA
4581The syntax for @code{.comm} differs slightly on the HPPA. The syntax is
4582@samp{@var{symbol} .comm, @var{length}}; @var{symbol} is optional.
4583@end ifset
07a53e5c 4584
252b5132
RH
4585@node Data
4586@section @code{.data @var{subsection}}
4587
4588@cindex @code{data} directive
a4fb0134 4589@code{.data} tells @command{@value{AS}} to assemble the following statements onto the
252b5132
RH
4590end of the data subsection numbered @var{subsection} (which is an
4591absolute expression). If @var{subsection} is omitted, it defaults
4592to zero.
4593
4594@ifset COFF
4595@node Def
4596@section @code{.def @var{name}}
4597
4598@cindex @code{def} directive
4599@cindex COFF symbols, debugging
4600@cindex debugging COFF symbols
4601Begin defining debugging information for a symbol @var{name}; the
4602definition extends until the @code{.endef} directive is encountered.
4603@ifset BOUT
4604
a4fb0134 4605This directive is only observed when @command{@value{AS}} is configured for COFF
252b5132
RH
4606format output; when producing @code{b.out}, @samp{.def} is recognized,
4607but ignored.
4608@end ifset
4609@end ifset
4610
4611@ifset aout-bout
4612@node Desc
4613@section @code{.desc @var{symbol}, @var{abs-expression}}
4614
4615@cindex @code{desc} directive
4616@cindex COFF symbol descriptor
4617@cindex symbol descriptor, COFF
4618This directive sets the descriptor of the symbol (@pxref{Symbol Attributes})
4619to the low 16 bits of an absolute expression.
4620
4621@ifset COFF
a4fb0134 4622The @samp{.desc} directive is not available when @command{@value{AS}} is
252b5132 4623configured for COFF output; it is only for @code{a.out} or @code{b.out}
a4fb0134 4624object format. For the sake of compatibility, @command{@value{AS}} accepts
252b5132
RH
4625it, but produces no output, when configured for COFF.
4626@end ifset
4627@end ifset
4628
4629@ifset COFF
4630@node Dim
4631@section @code{.dim}
4632
4633@cindex @code{dim} directive
4634@cindex COFF auxiliary symbol information
4635@cindex auxiliary symbol information, COFF
4636This directive is generated by compilers to include auxiliary debugging
4637information in the symbol table. It is only permitted inside
4638@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs.
4639@ifset BOUT
4640
4641@samp{.dim} is only meaningful when generating COFF format output; when
a4fb0134 4642@command{@value{AS}} is generating @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but
252b5132
RH
4643ignores it.
4644@end ifset
4645@end ifset
4646
4647@node Double
4648@section @code{.double @var{flonums}}
4649
4650@cindex @code{double} directive
4651@cindex floating point numbers (double)
4652@code{.double} expects zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It
4653assembles floating point numbers.
4654@ifset GENERIC
4655The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how
a4fb0134 4656@command{@value{AS}} is configured. @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
252b5132
RH
4657@end ifset
4658@ifclear GENERIC
4659@ifset IEEEFLOAT
4660On the @value{TARGET} family @samp{.double} emits 64-bit floating-point numbers
4661in @sc{ieee} format.
4662@end ifset
4663@end ifclear
4664
4665@node Eject
4666@section @code{.eject}
4667
4668@cindex @code{eject} directive
4669@cindex new page, in listings
4670@cindex page, in listings
4671@cindex listing control: new page
4672Force a page break at this point, when generating assembly listings.
4673
4674@node Else
4675@section @code{.else}
4676
4677@cindex @code{else} directive
a4fb0134 4678@code{.else} is part of the @command{@value{AS}} support for conditional
96e9638b 4679assembly; see @ref{If,,@code{.if}}. It marks the beginning of a section
252b5132
RH
4680of code to be assembled if the condition for the preceding @code{.if}
4681was false.
4682
3fd9f047
TW
4683@node Elseif
4684@section @code{.elseif}
4685
4686@cindex @code{elseif} directive
a4fb0134 4687@code{.elseif} is part of the @command{@value{AS}} support for conditional
96e9638b 4688assembly; see @ref{If,,@code{.if}}. It is shorthand for beginning a new
3fd9f047
TW
4689@code{.if} block that would otherwise fill the entire @code{.else} section.
4690
252b5132
RH
4691@node End
4692@section @code{.end}
4693
4694@cindex @code{end} directive
a4fb0134 4695@code{.end} marks the end of the assembly file. @command{@value{AS}} does not
252b5132
RH
4696process anything in the file past the @code{.end} directive.
4697
4698@ifset COFF
4699@node Endef
4700@section @code{.endef}
4701
4702@cindex @code{endef} directive
4703This directive flags the end of a symbol definition begun with
4704@code{.def}.
4705@ifset BOUT
4706
4707@samp{.endef} is only meaningful when generating COFF format output; if
a4fb0134 4708@command{@value{AS}} is configured to generate @code{b.out}, it accepts this
252b5132
RH
4709directive but ignores it.
4710@end ifset
4711@end ifset
4712
4713@node Endfunc
4714@section @code{.endfunc}
4715@cindex @code{endfunc} directive
4716@code{.endfunc} marks the end of a function specified with @code{.func}.
4717
4718@node Endif
4719@section @code{.endif}
4720
4721@cindex @code{endif} directive
a4fb0134 4722@code{.endif} is part of the @command{@value{AS}} support for conditional assembly;
252b5132
RH
4723it marks the end of a block of code that is only assembled
4724conditionally. @xref{If,,@code{.if}}.
4725
4726@node Equ
4727@section @code{.equ @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4728
4729@cindex @code{equ} directive
4730@cindex assigning values to symbols
4731@cindex symbols, assigning values to
4732This directive sets the value of @var{symbol} to @var{expression}.
96e9638b 4733It is synonymous with @samp{.set}; see @ref{Set,,@code{.set}}.
252b5132
RH
4734
4735@ifset HPPA
01642c12 4736The syntax for @code{equ} on the HPPA is
252b5132
RH
4737@samp{@var{symbol} .equ @var{expression}}.
4738@end ifset
4739
3c9b82ba 4740@ifset Z80
01642c12
RM
4741The syntax for @code{equ} on the Z80 is
4742@samp{@var{symbol} equ @var{expression}}.
3c9b82ba 4743On the Z80 it is an eror if @var{symbol} is already defined,
01642c12 4744but the symbol is not protected from later redefinition.
96e9638b 4745Compare @ref{Equiv}.
3c9b82ba
NC
4746@end ifset
4747
252b5132
RH
4748@node Equiv
4749@section @code{.equiv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4750@cindex @code{equiv} directive
4751The @code{.equiv} directive is like @code{.equ} and @code{.set}, except that
8dfa0188
NC
4752the assembler will signal an error if @var{symbol} is already defined. Note a
4753symbol which has been referenced but not actually defined is considered to be
4754undefined.
252b5132 4755
01642c12 4756Except for the contents of the error message, this is roughly equivalent to
252b5132
RH
4757@smallexample
4758.ifdef SYM
4759.err
4760.endif
4761.equ SYM,VAL
4762@end smallexample
9497f5ac
NC
4763plus it protects the symbol from later redefinition.
4764
4765@node Eqv
4766@section @code{.eqv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4767@cindex @code{eqv} directive
4768The @code{.eqv} directive is like @code{.equiv}, but no attempt is made to
4769evaluate the expression or any part of it immediately. Instead each time
4770the resulting symbol is used in an expression, a snapshot of its current
4771value is taken.
252b5132
RH
4772
4773@node Err
4774@section @code{.err}
4775@cindex @code{err} directive
a4fb0134
SC
4776If @command{@value{AS}} assembles a @code{.err} directive, it will print an error
4777message and, unless the @option{-Z} option was used, it will not generate an
f9eb6721 4778object file. This can be used to signal an error in conditionally compiled code.
252b5132 4779
d190d046
HPN
4780@node Error
4781@section @code{.error "@var{string}"}
4782@cindex error directive
4783
4784Similarly to @code{.err}, this directive emits an error, but you can specify a
4785string that will be emitted as the error message. If you don't specify the
4786message, it defaults to @code{".error directive invoked in source file"}.
4787@xref{Errors, ,Error and Warning Messages}.
4788
4789@smallexample
4790 .error "This code has not been assembled and tested."
4791@end smallexample
4792
252b5132
RH
4793@node Exitm
4794@section @code{.exitm}
4795Exit early from the current macro definition. @xref{Macro}.
4796
4797@node Extern
4798@section @code{.extern}
4799
4800@cindex @code{extern} directive
4801@code{.extern} is accepted in the source program---for compatibility
a4fb0134 4802with other assemblers---but it is ignored. @command{@value{AS}} treats
252b5132
RH
4803all undefined symbols as external.
4804
4805@node Fail
4806@section @code{.fail @var{expression}}
4807
4808@cindex @code{fail} directive
4809Generates an error or a warning. If the value of the @var{expression} is 500
a4fb0134
SC
4810or more, @command{@value{AS}} will print a warning message. If the value is less
4811than 500, @command{@value{AS}} will print an error message. The message will
252b5132
RH
4812include the value of @var{expression}. This can occasionally be useful inside
4813complex nested macros or conditional assembly.
4814
252b5132 4815@node File
14082c76 4816@section @code{.file}
252b5132 4817@cindex @code{file} directive
14082c76
BW
4818
4819@ifclear no-file-dir
4820There are two different versions of the @code{.file} directive. Targets
4821that support DWARF2 line number information use the DWARF2 version of
4822@code{.file}. Other targets use the default version.
4823
4824@subheading Default Version
4825
252b5132
RH
4826@cindex logical file name
4827@cindex file name, logical
14082c76
BW
4828This version of the @code{.file} directive tells @command{@value{AS}} that we
4829are about to start a new logical file. The syntax is:
4830
4831@smallexample
4832.file @var{string}
4833@end smallexample
4834
4835@var{string} is the new file name. In general, the filename is
252b5132
RH
4836recognized whether or not it is surrounded by quotes @samp{"}; but if you wish
4837to specify an empty file name, you must give the quotes--@code{""}. This
4838statement may go away in future: it is only recognized to be compatible with
a4fb0134 4839old @command{@value{AS}} programs.
14082c76
BW
4840
4841@subheading DWARF2 Version
252b5132
RH
4842@end ifclear
4843
14082c76
BW
4844When emitting DWARF2 line number information, @code{.file} assigns filenames
4845to the @code{.debug_line} file name table. The syntax is:
4846
4847@smallexample
4848.file @var{fileno} @var{filename}
4849@end smallexample
4850
4851The @var{fileno} operand should be a unique positive integer to use as the
4852index of the entry in the table. The @var{filename} operand is a C string
4853literal.
4854
4855The detail of filename indices is exposed to the user because the filename
4856table is shared with the @code{.debug_info} section of the DWARF2 debugging
4857information, and thus the user must know the exact indices that table
4858entries will have.
4859
252b5132
RH
4860@node Fill
4861@section @code{.fill @var{repeat} , @var{size} , @var{value}}
4862
4863@cindex @code{fill} directive
4864@cindex writing patterns in memory
4865@cindex patterns, writing in memory
bc64be0c 4866@var{repeat}, @var{size} and @var{value} are absolute expressions.
252b5132
RH
4867This emits @var{repeat} copies of @var{size} bytes. @var{Repeat}
4868may be zero or more. @var{Size} may be zero or more, but if it is
4869more than 8, then it is deemed to have the value 8, compatible with
4870other people's assemblers. The contents of each @var{repeat} bytes
4871is taken from an 8-byte number. The highest order 4 bytes are
4872zero. The lowest order 4 bytes are @var{value} rendered in the
a4fb0134 4873byte-order of an integer on the computer @command{@value{AS}} is assembling for.
252b5132
RH
4874Each @var{size} bytes in a repetition is taken from the lowest order
4875@var{size} bytes of this number. Again, this bizarre behavior is
4876compatible with other people's assemblers.
4877
4878@var{size} and @var{value} are optional.
4879If the second comma and @var{value} are absent, @var{value} is
4880assumed zero. If the first comma and following tokens are absent,
4881@var{size} is assumed to be 1.
4882
4883@node Float
4884@section @code{.float @var{flonums}}
4885
4886@cindex floating point numbers (single)
4887@cindex @code{float} directive
4888This directive assembles zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It
4889has the same effect as @code{.single}.
4890@ifset GENERIC
4891The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how
a4fb0134 4892@command{@value{AS}} is configured.
252b5132
RH
4893@xref{Machine Dependencies}.
4894@end ifset
4895@ifclear GENERIC
4896@ifset IEEEFLOAT
4897On the @value{TARGET} family, @code{.float} emits 32-bit floating point numbers
4898in @sc{ieee} format.
4899@end ifset
4900@end ifclear
4901
4902@node Func
4903@section @code{.func @var{name}[,@var{label}]}
4904@cindex @code{func} directive
4905@code{.func} emits debugging information to denote function @var{name}, and
4906is ignored unless the file is assembled with debugging enabled.
05da4302 4907Only @samp{--gstabs[+]} is currently supported.
252b5132
RH
4908@var{label} is the entry point of the function and if omitted @var{name}
4909prepended with the @samp{leading char} is used.
4910@samp{leading char} is usually @code{_} or nothing, depending on the target.
4911All functions are currently defined to have @code{void} return type.
4912The function must be terminated with @code{.endfunc}.
4913
4914@node Global
4915@section @code{.global @var{symbol}}, @code{.globl @var{symbol}}
4916
4917@cindex @code{global} directive
4918@cindex symbol, making visible to linker
4919@code{.global} makes the symbol visible to @code{@value{LD}}. If you define
4920@var{symbol} in your partial program, its value is made available to
4921other partial programs that are linked with it. Otherwise,
4922@var{symbol} takes its attributes from a symbol of the same name
4923from another file linked into the same program.
4924
4925Both spellings (@samp{.globl} and @samp{.global}) are accepted, for
4926compatibility with other assemblers.
4927
4928@ifset HPPA
4929On the HPPA, @code{.global} is not always enough to make it accessible to other
4930partial programs. You may need the HPPA-only @code{.EXPORT} directive as well.
96e9638b 4931@xref{HPPA Directives, ,HPPA Assembler Directives}.
252b5132
RH
4932@end ifset
4933
c91d2e08 4934@ifset ELF
3a99f02f
DJ
4935@node Gnu_attribute
4936@section @code{.gnu_attribute @var{tag},@var{value}}
4937Record a @sc{gnu} object attribute for this file. @xref{Object Attributes}.
4938
c91d2e08
NC
4939@node Hidden
4940@section @code{.hidden @var{names}}
4941
c1253627
NC
4942@cindex @code{hidden} directive
4943@cindex visibility
ed9589d4 4944This is one of the ELF visibility directives. The other two are
01642c12 4945@code{.internal} (@pxref{Internal,,@code{.internal}}) and
a349d9dd 4946@code{.protected} (@pxref{Protected,,@code{.protected}}).
c91d2e08
NC
4947
4948This directive overrides the named symbols default visibility (which is set by
4949their binding: local, global or weak). The directive sets the visibility to
4950@code{hidden} which means that the symbols are not visible to other components.
01642c12 4951Such symbols are always considered to be @code{protected} as well.
c91d2e08
NC
4952@end ifset
4953
252b5132
RH
4954@node hword
4955@section @code{.hword @var{expressions}}
4956
4957@cindex @code{hword} directive
4958@cindex integers, 16-bit
4959@cindex numbers, 16-bit
4960@cindex sixteen bit integers
4961This expects zero or more @var{expressions}, and emits
4962a 16 bit number for each.
4963
4964@ifset GENERIC
4965This directive is a synonym for @samp{.short}; depending on the target
4966architecture, it may also be a synonym for @samp{.word}.
4967@end ifset
4968@ifclear GENERIC
4969@ifset W32
4970This directive is a synonym for @samp{.short}.
4971@end ifset
4972@ifset W16
4973This directive is a synonym for both @samp{.short} and @samp{.word}.
4974@end ifset
4975@end ifclear
4976
4977@node Ident
4978@section @code{.ident}
4979
4980@cindex @code{ident} directive
cb4c78d6
BE
4981
4982This directive is used by some assemblers to place tags in object files. The
4983behavior of this directive varies depending on the target. When using the
4984a.out object file format, @command{@value{AS}} simply accepts the directive for
4985source-file compatibility with existing assemblers, but does not emit anything
4986for it. When using COFF, comments are emitted to the @code{.comment} or
4987@code{.rdata} section, depending on the target. When using ELF, comments are
4988emitted to the @code{.comment} section.
252b5132
RH
4989
4990@node If
4991@section @code{.if @var{absolute expression}}
4992
4993@cindex conditional assembly
4994@cindex @code{if} directive
4995@code{.if} marks the beginning of a section of code which is only
4996considered part of the source program being assembled if the argument
4997(which must be an @var{absolute expression}) is non-zero. The end of
4998the conditional section of code must be marked by @code{.endif}
4999(@pxref{Endif,,@code{.endif}}); optionally, you may include code for the
5000alternative condition, flagged by @code{.else} (@pxref{Else,,@code{.else}}).
3fd9f047
TW
5001If you have several conditions to check, @code{.elseif} may be used to avoid
5002nesting blocks if/else within each subsequent @code{.else} block.
252b5132
RH
5003
5004The following variants of @code{.if} are also supported:
5005@table @code
5006@cindex @code{ifdef} directive
5007@item .ifdef @var{symbol}
5008Assembles the following section of code if the specified @var{symbol}
8dfa0188
NC
5009has been defined. Note a symbol which has been referenced but not yet defined
5010is considered to be undefined.
252b5132 5011
26aca5f6
JB
5012@cindex @code{ifb} directive
5013@item .ifb @var{text}
5014Assembles the following section of code if the operand is blank (empty).
5015
252b5132
RH
5016@cindex @code{ifc} directive
5017@item .ifc @var{string1},@var{string2}
5018Assembles the following section of code if the two strings are the same. The
5019strings may be optionally quoted with single quotes. If they are not quoted,
5020the first string stops at the first comma, and the second string stops at the
5021end of the line. Strings which contain whitespace should be quoted. The
5022string comparison is case sensitive.
5023
5024@cindex @code{ifeq} directive
5025@item .ifeq @var{absolute expression}
5026Assembles the following section of code if the argument is zero.
5027
5028@cindex @code{ifeqs} directive
5029@item .ifeqs @var{string1},@var{string2}
5030Another form of @code{.ifc}. The strings must be quoted using double quotes.
5031
5032@cindex @code{ifge} directive
5033@item .ifge @var{absolute expression}
5034Assembles the following section of code if the argument is greater than or
5035equal to zero.
5036
5037@cindex @code{ifgt} directive
5038@item .ifgt @var{absolute expression}
5039Assembles the following section of code if the argument is greater than zero.
5040
5041@cindex @code{ifle} directive
5042@item .ifle @var{absolute expression}
5043Assembles the following section of code if the argument is less than or equal
5044to zero.
5045
5046@cindex @code{iflt} directive
5047@item .iflt @var{absolute expression}
5048Assembles the following section of code if the argument is less than zero.
5049
26aca5f6
JB
5050@cindex @code{ifnb} directive
5051@item .ifnb @var{text}
5052Like @code{.ifb}, but the sense of the test is reversed: this assembles the
5053following section of code if the operand is non-blank (non-empty).
5054
252b5132
RH
5055@cindex @code{ifnc} directive
5056@item .ifnc @var{string1},@var{string2}.
5057Like @code{.ifc}, but the sense of the test is reversed: this assembles the
5058following section of code if the two strings are not the same.
5059
5060@cindex @code{ifndef} directive
5061@cindex @code{ifnotdef} directive
5062@item .ifndef @var{symbol}
5063@itemx .ifnotdef @var{symbol}
5064Assembles the following section of code if the specified @var{symbol}
8dfa0188
NC
5065has not been defined. Both spelling variants are equivalent. Note a symbol
5066which has been referenced but not yet defined is considered to be undefined.
252b5132
RH
5067
5068@cindex @code{ifne} directive
5069@item .ifne @var{absolute expression}
5070Assembles the following section of code if the argument is not equal to zero
5071(in other words, this is equivalent to @code{.if}).
5072
5073@cindex @code{ifnes} directive
5074@item .ifnes @var{string1},@var{string2}
5075Like @code{.ifeqs}, but the sense of the test is reversed: this assembles the
5076following section of code if the two strings are not the same.
5077@end table
5078
7e005732
NC
5079@node Incbin
5080@section @code{.incbin "@var{file}"[,@var{skip}[,@var{count}]]}
5081
5082@cindex @code{incbin} directive
5083@cindex binary files, including
5084The @code{incbin} directive includes @var{file} verbatim at the current
5085location. You can control the search paths used with the @samp{-I} command-line
5086option (@pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}). Quotation marks are required
5087around @var{file}.
5088
5089The @var{skip} argument skips a number of bytes from the start of the
5090@var{file}. The @var{count} argument indicates the maximum number of bytes to
15dcfbc3
NC
5091read. Note that the data is not aligned in any way, so it is the user's
5092responsibility to make sure that proper alignment is provided both before and
5093after the @code{incbin} directive.
7e005732 5094
252b5132
RH
5095@node Include
5096@section @code{.include "@var{file}"}
5097
5098@cindex @code{include} directive
5099@cindex supporting files, including
5100@cindex files, including
5101This directive provides a way to include supporting files at specified
5102points in your source program. The code from @var{file} is assembled as
5103if it followed the point of the @code{.include}; when the end of the
5104included file is reached, assembly of the original file continues. You
5105can control the search paths used with the @samp{-I} command-line option
5106(@pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}). Quotation marks are required
5107around @var{file}.
5108
5109@node Int
5110@section @code{.int @var{expressions}}
5111
5112@cindex @code{int} directive
5113@cindex integers, 32-bit
5114Expect zero or more @var{expressions}, of any section, separated by commas.
5115For each expression, emit a number that, at run time, is the value of that
5116expression. The byte order and bit size of the number depends on what kind
5117of target the assembly is for.
5118
5119@ifclear GENERIC
5120@ifset H8
7be1c489 5121On most forms of the H8/300, @code{.int} emits 16-bit
c2dcd04e 5122integers. On the H8/300H and the Renesas SH, however, @code{.int} emits
252b5132
RH
512332-bit integers.
5124@end ifset
5125@end ifclear
5126
c91d2e08
NC
5127@ifset ELF
5128@node Internal
5129@section @code{.internal @var{names}}
5130
c1253627
NC
5131@cindex @code{internal} directive
5132@cindex visibility
ed9589d4 5133This is one of the ELF visibility directives. The other two are
01642c12 5134@code{.hidden} (@pxref{Hidden,,@code{.hidden}}) and
a349d9dd 5135@code{.protected} (@pxref{Protected,,@code{.protected}}).
c91d2e08
NC
5136
5137This directive overrides the named symbols default visibility (which is set by
5138their binding: local, global or weak). The directive sets the visibility to
5139@code{internal} which means that the symbols are considered to be @code{hidden}
c1253627 5140(i.e., not visible to other components), and that some extra, processor specific
c91d2e08
NC
5141processing must also be performed upon the symbols as well.
5142@end ifset
5143
252b5132
RH
5144@node Irp
5145@section @code{.irp @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
5146
5147@cindex @code{irp} directive
5148Evaluate a sequence of statements assigning different values to @var{symbol}.
5149The sequence of statements starts at the @code{.irp} directive, and is
5150terminated by an @code{.endr} directive. For each @var{value}, @var{symbol} is
5151set to @var{value}, and the sequence of statements is assembled. If no
5152@var{value} is listed, the sequence of statements is assembled once, with
5153@var{symbol} set to the null string. To refer to @var{symbol} within the
5154sequence of statements, use @var{\symbol}.
5155
5156For example, assembling
5157
5158@example
5159 .irp param,1,2,3
5160 move d\param,sp@@-
5161 .endr
5162@end example
5163
5164is equivalent to assembling
5165
5166@example
5167 move d1,sp@@-
5168 move d2,sp@@-
5169 move d3,sp@@-
5170@end example
5171
96e9638b 5172For some caveats with the spelling of @var{symbol}, see also @ref{Macro}.
5e75c3ab 5173
252b5132
RH
5174@node Irpc
5175@section @code{.irpc @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
5176
5177@cindex @code{irpc} directive
5178Evaluate a sequence of statements assigning different values to @var{symbol}.
5179The sequence of statements starts at the @code{.irpc} directive, and is
5180terminated by an @code{.endr} directive. For each character in @var{value},
5181@var{symbol} is set to the character, and the sequence of statements is
5182assembled. If no @var{value} is listed, the sequence of statements is
5183assembled once, with @var{symbol} set to the null string. To refer to
5184@var{symbol} within the sequence of statements, use @var{\symbol}.
5185
5186For example, assembling
5187
5188@example
5189 .irpc param,123
5190 move d\param,sp@@-
5191 .endr
5192@end example
5193
5194is equivalent to assembling
5195
5196@example
5197 move d1,sp@@-
5198 move d2,sp@@-
5199 move d3,sp@@-
5200@end example
5201
5e75c3ab
JB
5202For some caveats with the spelling of @var{symbol}, see also the discussion
5203at @xref{Macro}.
5204
252b5132
RH
5205@node Lcomm
5206@section @code{.lcomm @var{symbol} , @var{length}}
5207
5208@cindex @code{lcomm} directive
5209@cindex local common symbols
5210@cindex symbols, local common
5211Reserve @var{length} (an absolute expression) bytes for a local common
5212denoted by @var{symbol}. The section and value of @var{symbol} are
5213those of the new local common. The addresses are allocated in the bss
5214section, so that at run-time the bytes start off zeroed. @var{Symbol}
5215is not declared global (@pxref{Global,,@code{.global}}), so is normally
5216not visible to @code{@value{LD}}.
5217
5218@ifset GENERIC
5219Some targets permit a third argument to be used with @code{.lcomm}. This
5220argument specifies the desired alignment of the symbol in the bss section.
5221@end ifset
5222
5223@ifset HPPA
5224The syntax for @code{.lcomm} differs slightly on the HPPA. The syntax is
5225@samp{@var{symbol} .lcomm, @var{length}}; @var{symbol} is optional.
5226@end ifset
5227
5228@node Lflags
5229@section @code{.lflags}
5230
5231@cindex @code{lflags} directive (ignored)
a4fb0134 5232@command{@value{AS}} accepts this directive, for compatibility with other
252b5132
RH
5233assemblers, but ignores it.
5234
5235@ifclear no-line-dir
5236@node Line
5237@section @code{.line @var{line-number}}
5238
5239@cindex @code{line} directive
252b5132
RH
5240@cindex logical line number
5241@ifset aout-bout
5242Change the logical line number. @var{line-number} must be an absolute
5243expression. The next line has that logical line number. Therefore any other
5244statements on the current line (after a statement separator character) are
5245reported as on logical line number @var{line-number} @minus{} 1. One day
a4fb0134 5246@command{@value{AS}} will no longer support this directive: it is recognized only
252b5132 5247for compatibility with existing assembler programs.
252b5132
RH
5248@end ifset
5249
252b5132 5250Even though this is a directive associated with the @code{a.out} or
a4fb0134 5251@code{b.out} object-code formats, @command{@value{AS}} still recognizes it
252b5132
RH
5252when producing COFF output, and treats @samp{.line} as though it
5253were the COFF @samp{.ln} @emph{if} it is found outside a
5254@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pair.
5255
5256Inside a @code{.def}, @samp{.line} is, instead, one of the directives
5257used by compilers to generate auxiliary symbol information for
5258debugging.
5259@end ifclear
5260
5261@node Linkonce
5262@section @code{.linkonce [@var{type}]}
5263@cindex COMDAT
5264@cindex @code{linkonce} directive
5265@cindex common sections
5266Mark the current section so that the linker only includes a single copy of it.
5267This may be used to include the same section in several different object files,
5268but ensure that the linker will only include it once in the final output file.
5269The @code{.linkonce} pseudo-op must be used for each instance of the section.
5270Duplicate sections are detected based on the section name, so it should be
5271unique.
5272
5273This directive is only supported by a few object file formats; as of this
5274writing, the only object file format which supports it is the Portable
5275Executable format used on Windows NT.
5276
5277The @var{type} argument is optional. If specified, it must be one of the
5278following strings. For example:
5279@smallexample
5280.linkonce same_size
5281@end smallexample
5282Not all types may be supported on all object file formats.
5283
5284@table @code
5285@item discard
5286Silently discard duplicate sections. This is the default.
5287
5288@item one_only
5289Warn if there are duplicate sections, but still keep only one copy.
5290
5291@item same_size
5292Warn if any of the duplicates have different sizes.
5293
5294@item same_contents
5295Warn if any of the duplicates do not have exactly the same contents.
5296@end table
5297
ccf8a69b
BW
5298@node List
5299@section @code{.list}
5300
5301@cindex @code{list} directive
5302@cindex listing control, turning on
5303Control (in conjunction with the @code{.nolist} directive) whether or
5304not assembly listings are generated. These two directives maintain an
5305internal counter (which is zero initially). @code{.list} increments the
5306counter, and @code{.nolist} decrements it. Assembly listings are
5307generated whenever the counter is greater than zero.
5308
5309By default, listings are disabled. When you enable them (with the
5310@samp{-a} command line option; @pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}),
5311the initial value of the listing counter is one.
5312
252b5132
RH
5313@node Ln
5314@section @code{.ln @var{line-number}}
5315
5316@cindex @code{ln} directive
5317@ifclear no-line-dir
5318@samp{.ln} is a synonym for @samp{.line}.
5319@end ifclear
5320@ifset no-line-dir
a4fb0134 5321Tell @command{@value{AS}} to change the logical line number. @var{line-number}
252b5132
RH
5322must be an absolute expression. The next line has that logical
5323line number, so any other statements on the current line (after a
5324statement separator character @code{;}) are reported as on logical
5325line number @var{line-number} @minus{} 1.
5326@ifset BOUT
5327
a4fb0134 5328This directive is accepted, but ignored, when @command{@value{AS}} is
252b5132
RH
5329configured for @code{b.out}; its effect is only associated with COFF
5330output format.
5331@end ifset
5332@end ifset
5333
ccf8a69b
BW
5334@node Loc
5335@section @code{.loc @var{fileno} @var{lineno} [@var{column}] [@var{options}]}
5336@cindex @code{loc} directive
5337When emitting DWARF2 line number information,
5338the @code{.loc} directive will add a row to the @code{.debug_line} line
5339number matrix corresponding to the immediately following assembly
5340instruction. The @var{fileno}, @var{lineno}, and optional @var{column}
5341arguments will be applied to the @code{.debug_line} state machine before
5342the row is added.
252b5132 5343
ccf8a69b
BW
5344The @var{options} are a sequence of the following tokens in any order:
5345
5346@table @code
5347@item basic_block
5348This option will set the @code{basic_block} register in the
5349@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{true}.
5350
5351@item prologue_end
5352This option will set the @code{prologue_end} register in the
5353@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{true}.
5354
5355@item epilogue_begin
5356This option will set the @code{epilogue_begin} register in the
5357@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{true}.
5358
5359@item is_stmt @var{value}
5360This option will set the @code{is_stmt} register in the
01642c12 5361@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{value}, which must be
ccf8a69b
BW
5362either 0 or 1.
5363
5364@item isa @var{value}
5365This directive will set the @code{isa} register in the @code{.debug_line}
5366state machine to @var{value}, which must be an unsigned integer.
5367
92846e72
CC
5368@item discriminator @var{value}
5369This directive will set the @code{discriminator} register in the @code{.debug_line}
5370state machine to @var{value}, which must be an unsigned integer.
5371
ccf8a69b
BW
5372@end table
5373
5374@node Loc_mark_labels
5375@section @code{.loc_mark_labels @var{enable}}
5376@cindex @code{loc_mark_labels} directive
5377When emitting DWARF2 line number information,
5378the @code{.loc_mark_labels} directive makes the assembler emit an entry
5379to the @code{.debug_line} line number matrix with the @code{basic_block}
5380register in the state machine set whenever a code label is seen.
5381The @var{enable} argument should be either 1 or 0, to enable or disable
5382this function respectively.
252b5132 5383
4d4175af
BW
5384@ifset ELF
5385@node Local
5386@section @code{.local @var{names}}
5387
5388@cindex @code{local} directive
5389This directive, which is available for ELF targets, marks each symbol in
5390the comma-separated list of @code{names} as a local symbol so that it
5391will not be externally visible. If the symbols do not already exist,
5392they will be created.
5393
5394For targets where the @code{.lcomm} directive (@pxref{Lcomm}) does not
5395accept an alignment argument, which is the case for most ELF targets,
5396the @code{.local} directive can be used in combination with @code{.comm}
5397(@pxref{Comm}) to define aligned local common data.
5398@end ifset
5399
252b5132
RH
5400@node Long
5401@section @code{.long @var{expressions}}
5402
5403@cindex @code{long} directive
96e9638b 5404@code{.long} is the same as @samp{.int}. @xref{Int,,@code{.int}}.
252b5132
RH
5405
5406@ignore
5407@c no one seems to know what this is for or whether this description is
5408@c what it really ought to do
5409@node Lsym
5410@section @code{.lsym @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
5411
5412@cindex @code{lsym} directive
5413@cindex symbol, not referenced in assembly
5414@code{.lsym} creates a new symbol named @var{symbol}, but does not put it in
5415the hash table, ensuring it cannot be referenced by name during the
5416rest of the assembly. This sets the attributes of the symbol to be
5417the same as the expression value:
5418@smallexample
5419@var{other} = @var{descriptor} = 0
5420@var{type} = @r{(section of @var{expression})}
5421@var{value} = @var{expression}
5422@end smallexample
5423@noindent
5424The new symbol is not flagged as external.
5425@end ignore
5426
5427@node Macro
5428@section @code{.macro}
5429
5430@cindex macros
5431The commands @code{.macro} and @code{.endm} allow you to define macros that
5432generate assembly output. For example, this definition specifies a macro
5433@code{sum} that puts a sequence of numbers into memory:
5434
5435@example
5436 .macro sum from=0, to=5
5437 .long \from
5438 .if \to-\from
5439 sum "(\from+1)",\to
5440 .endif
5441 .endm
5442@end example
5443
5444@noindent
5445With that definition, @samp{SUM 0,5} is equivalent to this assembly input:
5446
5447@example
5448 .long 0
5449 .long 1
5450 .long 2
5451 .long 3
5452 .long 4
5453 .long 5
5454@end example
5455
5456@ftable @code
5457@item .macro @var{macname}
5458@itemx .macro @var{macname} @var{macargs} @dots{}
5459@cindex @code{macro} directive
5460Begin the definition of a macro called @var{macname}. If your macro
5461definition requires arguments, specify their names after the macro name,
6eaeac8a
JB
5462separated by commas or spaces. You can qualify the macro argument to
5463indicate whether all invocations must specify a non-blank value (through
5464@samp{:@code{req}}), or whether it takes all of the remaining arguments
5465(through @samp{:@code{vararg}}). You can supply a default value for any
fffeaa5f
JB
5466macro argument by following the name with @samp{=@var{deflt}}. You
5467cannot define two macros with the same @var{macname} unless it has been
96e9638b 5468subject to the @code{.purgem} directive (@pxref{Purgem}) between the two
fffeaa5f 5469definitions. For example, these are all valid @code{.macro} statements:
252b5132
RH
5470
5471@table @code
5472@item .macro comm
5473Begin the definition of a macro called @code{comm}, which takes no
5474arguments.
5475
6258339f 5476@item .macro plus1 p, p1
252b5132
RH
5477@itemx .macro plus1 p p1
5478Either statement begins the definition of a macro called @code{plus1},
5479which takes two arguments; within the macro definition, write
5480@samp{\p} or @samp{\p1} to evaluate the arguments.
5481
5482@item .macro reserve_str p1=0 p2
5483Begin the definition of a macro called @code{reserve_str}, with two
5484arguments. The first argument has a default value, but not the second.
5485After the definition is complete, you can call the macro either as
5486@samp{reserve_str @var{a},@var{b}} (with @samp{\p1} evaluating to
5487@var{a} and @samp{\p2} evaluating to @var{b}), or as @samp{reserve_str
5488,@var{b}} (with @samp{\p1} evaluating as the default, in this case
5489@samp{0}, and @samp{\p2} evaluating to @var{b}).
252b5132 5490
6eaeac8a
JB
5491@item .macro m p1:req, p2=0, p3:vararg
5492Begin the definition of a macro called @code{m}, with at least three
5493arguments. The first argument must always have a value specified, but
5494not the second, which instead has a default value. The third formal
5495will get assigned all remaining arguments specified at invocation time.
5496
252b5132
RH
5497When you call a macro, you can specify the argument values either by
5498position, or by keyword. For example, @samp{sum 9,17} is equivalent to
5499@samp{sum to=17, from=9}.
5500
6258339f
NC
5501@end table
5502
5e75c3ab
JB
5503Note that since each of the @var{macargs} can be an identifier exactly
5504as any other one permitted by the target architecture, there may be
5505occasional problems if the target hand-crafts special meanings to certain
6258339f 5506characters when they occur in a special position. For example, if the colon
5e75c3ab 5507(@code{:}) is generally permitted to be part of a symbol name, but the
6258339f 5508architecture specific code special-cases it when occurring as the final
5e75c3ab
JB
5509character of a symbol (to denote a label), then the macro parameter
5510replacement code will have no way of knowing that and consider the whole
5511construct (including the colon) an identifier, and check only this
6258339f
NC
5512identifier for being the subject to parameter substitution. So for example
5513this macro definition:
5514
5515@example
5516 .macro label l
5517\l:
5518 .endm
5519@end example
5520
5521might not work as expected. Invoking @samp{label foo} might not create a label
5522called @samp{foo} but instead just insert the text @samp{\l:} into the
5523assembler source, probably generating an error about an unrecognised
5524identifier.
5525
5526Similarly problems might occur with the period character (@samp{.})
5527which is often allowed inside opcode names (and hence identifier names). So
5528for example constructing a macro to build an opcode from a base name and a
5529length specifier like this:
5530
5531@example
5532 .macro opcode base length
5533 \base.\length
5534 .endm
5535@end example
5536
5537and invoking it as @samp{opcode store l} will not create a @samp{store.l}
5538instruction but instead generate some kind of error as the assembler tries to
5539interpret the text @samp{\base.\length}.
5540
5541There are several possible ways around this problem:
5542
5543@table @code
5544@item Insert white space
5545If it is possible to use white space characters then this is the simplest
5546solution. eg:
5547
5548@example
5549 .macro label l
5550\l :
5551 .endm
5552@end example
5553
5554@item Use @samp{\()}
5555The string @samp{\()} can be used to separate the end of a macro argument from
5556the following text. eg:
5557
5558@example
5559 .macro opcode base length
5560 \base\().\length
5561 .endm
5562@end example
5563
5564@item Use the alternate macro syntax mode
5565In the alternative macro syntax mode the ampersand character (@samp{&}) can be
5566used as a separator. eg:
5e75c3ab
JB
5567
5568@example
5569 .altmacro
5570 .macro label l
5571l&:
5572 .endm
5573@end example
6258339f 5574@end table
5e75c3ab 5575
96e9638b 5576Note: this problem of correctly identifying string parameters to pseudo ops
01642c12 5577also applies to the identifiers used in @code{.irp} (@pxref{Irp})
96e9638b 5578and @code{.irpc} (@pxref{Irpc}) as well.
5e75c3ab 5579
252b5132
RH
5580@item .endm
5581@cindex @code{endm} directive
5582Mark the end of a macro definition.
5583
5584@item .exitm
5585@cindex @code{exitm} directive
5586Exit early from the current macro definition.
5587
5588@cindex number of macros executed
5589@cindex macros, count executed
5590@item \@@
a4fb0134 5591@command{@value{AS}} maintains a counter of how many macros it has
252b5132
RH
5592executed in this pseudo-variable; you can copy that number to your
5593output with @samp{\@@}, but @emph{only within a macro definition}.
5594
252b5132
RH
5595@item LOCAL @var{name} [ , @dots{} ]
5596@emph{Warning: @code{LOCAL} is only available if you select ``alternate
caa32fe5
NC
5597macro syntax'' with @samp{--alternate} or @code{.altmacro}.}
5598@xref{Altmacro,,@code{.altmacro}}.
5599@end ftable
252b5132 5600
ccf8a69b
BW
5601@node MRI
5602@section @code{.mri @var{val}}
caa32fe5 5603
ccf8a69b
BW
5604@cindex @code{mri} directive
5605@cindex MRI mode, temporarily
5606If @var{val} is non-zero, this tells @command{@value{AS}} to enter MRI mode. If
5607@var{val} is zero, this tells @command{@value{AS}} to exit MRI mode. This change
5608affects code assembled until the next @code{.mri} directive, or until the end
5609of the file. @xref{M, MRI mode, MRI mode}.
252b5132 5610
caa32fe5
NC
5611@node Noaltmacro
5612@section @code{.noaltmacro}
96e9638b 5613Disable alternate macro mode. @xref{Altmacro}.
caa32fe5 5614
252b5132
RH
5615@node Nolist
5616@section @code{.nolist}
5617
5618@cindex @code{nolist} directive
5619@cindex listing control, turning off
5620Control (in conjunction with the @code{.list} directive) whether or
5621not assembly listings are generated. These two directives maintain an
5622internal counter (which is zero initially). @code{.list} increments the
5623counter, and @code{.nolist} decrements it. Assembly listings are
5624generated whenever the counter is greater than zero.
5625
5626@node Octa
5627@section @code{.octa @var{bignums}}
5628
5629@c FIXME: double size emitted for "octa" on i960, others? Or warn?
5630@cindex @code{octa} directive
5631@cindex integer, 16-byte
5632@cindex sixteen byte integer
5633This directive expects zero or more bignums, separated by commas. For each
5634bignum, it emits a 16-byte integer.
5635
5636The term ``octa'' comes from contexts in which a ``word'' is two bytes;
5637hence @emph{octa}-word for 16 bytes.
5638
9aec2026
NC
5639@node Offset
5640@section @code{.offset @var{loc}}
5641
5642@cindex @code{offset} directive
5643Set the location counter to @var{loc} in the absolute section. @var{loc} must
5644be an absolute expression. This directive may be useful for defining
5645symbols with absolute values. Do not confuse it with the @code{.org}
fa94de6b 5646directive.
9aec2026 5647
252b5132
RH
5648@node Org
5649@section @code{.org @var{new-lc} , @var{fill}}
5650
5651@cindex @code{org} directive
5652@cindex location counter, advancing
5653@cindex advancing location counter
5654@cindex current address, advancing
5655Advance the location counter of the current section to
5656@var{new-lc}. @var{new-lc} is either an absolute expression or an
5657expression with the same section as the current subsection. That is,
5658you can't use @code{.org} to cross sections: if @var{new-lc} has the
5659wrong section, the @code{.org} directive is ignored. To be compatible
5660with former assemblers, if the section of @var{new-lc} is absolute,
a4fb0134 5661@command{@value{AS}} issues a warning, then pretends the section of @var{new-lc}
252b5132
RH
5662is the same as the current subsection.
5663
5664@code{.org} may only increase the location counter, or leave it
5665unchanged; you cannot use @code{.org} to move the location counter
5666backwards.
5667
5668@c double negative used below "not undefined" because this is a specific
5669@c reference to "undefined" (as SEG_UNKNOWN is called in this manual)
5670@c section. doc@cygnus.com 18feb91
a4fb0134 5671Because @command{@value{AS}} tries to assemble programs in one pass, @var{new-lc}
252b5132
RH
5672may not be undefined. If you really detest this restriction we eagerly await
5673a chance to share your improved assembler.
5674
5675Beware that the origin is relative to the start of the section, not
5676to the start of the subsection. This is compatible with other
5677people's assemblers.
5678
5679When the location counter (of the current subsection) is advanced, the
5680intervening bytes are filled with @var{fill} which should be an
5681absolute expression. If the comma and @var{fill} are omitted,
5682@var{fill} defaults to zero.
5683
5684@node P2align
5685@section @code{.p2align[wl] @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
5686
5687@cindex padding the location counter given a power of two
5688@cindex @code{p2align} directive
5689Pad the location counter (in the current subsection) to a particular
5690storage boundary. The first expression (which must be absolute) is the
5691number of low-order zero bits the location counter must have after
5692advancement. For example @samp{.p2align 3} advances the location
5693counter until it a multiple of 8. If the location counter is already a
5694multiple of 8, no change is needed.
5695
5696The second expression (also absolute) gives the fill value to be stored in the
5697padding bytes. It (and the comma) may be omitted. If it is omitted, the
5698padding bytes are normally zero. However, on some systems, if the section is
5699marked as containing code and the fill value is omitted, the space is filled
5700with no-op instructions.
5701
5702The third expression is also absolute, and is also optional. If it is present,
5703it is the maximum number of bytes that should be skipped by this alignment
5704directive. If doing the alignment would require skipping more bytes than the
5705specified maximum, then the alignment is not done at all. You can omit the
5706fill value (the second argument) entirely by simply using two commas after the
5707required alignment; this can be useful if you want the alignment to be filled
5708with no-op instructions when appropriate.
5709
5710@cindex @code{p2alignw} directive
5711@cindex @code{p2alignl} directive
5712The @code{.p2alignw} and @code{.p2alignl} directives are variants of the
5713@code{.p2align} directive. The @code{.p2alignw} directive treats the fill
5714pattern as a two byte word value. The @code{.p2alignl} directives treats the
5715fill pattern as a four byte longword value. For example, @code{.p2alignw
57162,0x368d} will align to a multiple of 4. If it skips two bytes, they will be
5717filled in with the value 0x368d (the exact placement of the bytes depends upon
5718the endianness of the processor). If it skips 1 or 3 bytes, the fill value is
5719undefined.
5720
ccf8a69b
BW
5721@ifset ELF
5722@node PopSection
5723@section @code{.popsection}
5724
5725@cindex @code{popsection} directive
5726@cindex Section Stack
5727This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12
RM
5728@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}),
5729@code{.pushsection} (@pxref{PushSection}), and @code{.previous}
ccf8a69b
BW
5730(@pxref{Previous}).
5731
5732This directive replaces the current section (and subsection) with the top
5733section (and subsection) on the section stack. This section is popped off the
01642c12 5734stack.
ccf8a69b
BW
5735@end ifset
5736
c91d2e08
NC
5737@ifset ELF
5738@node Previous
5739@section @code{.previous}
5740
c1253627 5741@cindex @code{previous} directive
c91d2e08
NC
5742@cindex Section Stack
5743This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
a349d9dd
PB
5744@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}),
5745@code{.pushsection} (@pxref{PushSection}), and @code{.popsection}
5746(@pxref{PopSection}).
c91d2e08
NC
5747
5748This directive swaps the current section (and subsection) with most recently
8b040e0a 5749referenced section/subsection pair prior to this one. Multiple
c91d2e08 5750@code{.previous} directives in a row will flip between two sections (and their
8b040e0a
NC
5751subsections). For example:
5752
5753@smallexample
5754.section A
5755 .subsection 1
5756 .word 0x1234
5757 .subsection 2
5758 .word 0x5678
5759.previous
5760 .word 0x9abc
5761@end smallexample
5762
5763Will place 0x1234 and 0x9abc into subsection 1 and 0x5678 into subsection 2 of
5764section A. Whilst:
5765
5766@smallexample
5767.section A
5768.subsection 1
5769 # Now in section A subsection 1
5770 .word 0x1234
5771.section B
5772.subsection 0
5773 # Now in section B subsection 0
5774 .word 0x5678
5775.subsection 1
5776 # Now in section B subsection 1
5777 .word 0x9abc
5778.previous
5779 # Now in section B subsection 0
5780 .word 0xdef0
5781@end smallexample
5782
5783Will place 0x1234 into section A, 0x5678 and 0xdef0 into subsection 0 of
5784section B and 0x9abc into subsection 1 of section B.
c91d2e08
NC
5785
5786In terms of the section stack, this directive swaps the current section with
5787the top section on the section stack.
5788@end ifset
5789
252b5132
RH
5790@node Print
5791@section @code{.print @var{string}}
5792
5793@cindex @code{print} directive
a4fb0134 5794@command{@value{AS}} will print @var{string} on the standard output during
252b5132
RH
5795assembly. You must put @var{string} in double quotes.
5796
c91d2e08
NC
5797@ifset ELF
5798@node Protected
5799@section @code{.protected @var{names}}
5800
c1253627
NC
5801@cindex @code{protected} directive
5802@cindex visibility
ed9589d4 5803This is one of the ELF visibility directives. The other two are
a349d9dd 5804@code{.hidden} (@pxref{Hidden}) and @code{.internal} (@pxref{Internal}).
c91d2e08
NC
5805
5806This directive overrides the named symbols default visibility (which is set by
5807their binding: local, global or weak). The directive sets the visibility to
5808@code{protected} which means that any references to the symbols from within the
5809components that defines them must be resolved to the definition in that
5810component, even if a definition in another component would normally preempt
01642c12 5811this.
c91d2e08
NC
5812@end ifset
5813
252b5132
RH
5814@node Psize
5815@section @code{.psize @var{lines} , @var{columns}}
5816
5817@cindex @code{psize} directive
5818@cindex listing control: paper size
5819@cindex paper size, for listings
5820Use this directive to declare the number of lines---and, optionally, the
5821number of columns---to use for each page, when generating listings.
5822
5823If you do not use @code{.psize}, listings use a default line-count
5824of 60. You may omit the comma and @var{columns} specification; the
5825default width is 200 columns.
5826
a4fb0134 5827@command{@value{AS}} generates formfeeds whenever the specified number of
252b5132
RH
5828lines is exceeded (or whenever you explicitly request one, using
5829@code{.eject}).
5830
5831If you specify @var{lines} as @code{0}, no formfeeds are generated save
5832those explicitly specified with @code{.eject}.
5833
5834@node Purgem
5835@section @code{.purgem @var{name}}
5836
5837@cindex @code{purgem} directive
5838Undefine the macro @var{name}, so that later uses of the string will not be
5839expanded. @xref{Macro}.
5840
c91d2e08
NC
5841@ifset ELF
5842@node PushSection
9cfc3331 5843@section @code{.pushsection @var{name} [, @var{subsection}] [, "@var{flags}"[, @@@var{type}[,@var{arguments}]]]}
c91d2e08 5844
c1253627 5845@cindex @code{pushsection} directive
c91d2e08
NC
5846@cindex Section Stack
5847This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12
RM
5848@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}),
5849@code{.popsection} (@pxref{PopSection}), and @code{.previous}
a349d9dd 5850(@pxref{Previous}).
c91d2e08 5851
e9863d7f
DJ
5852This directive pushes the current section (and subsection) onto the
5853top of the section stack, and then replaces the current section and
9cfc3331
L
5854subsection with @code{name} and @code{subsection}. The optional
5855@code{flags}, @code{type} and @code{arguments} are treated the same
5856as in the @code{.section} (@pxref{Section}) directive.
c91d2e08
NC
5857@end ifset
5858
252b5132
RH
5859@node Quad
5860@section @code{.quad @var{bignums}}
5861
5862@cindex @code{quad} directive
5863@code{.quad} expects zero or more bignums, separated by commas. For
5864each bignum, it emits
5865@ifclear bignum-16
5866an 8-byte integer. If the bignum won't fit in 8 bytes, it prints a
5867warning message; and just takes the lowest order 8 bytes of the bignum.
5868@cindex eight-byte integer
5869@cindex integer, 8-byte
5870
5871The term ``quad'' comes from contexts in which a ``word'' is two bytes;
5872hence @emph{quad}-word for 8 bytes.
5873@end ifclear
5874@ifset bignum-16
5875a 16-byte integer. If the bignum won't fit in 16 bytes, it prints a
5876warning message; and just takes the lowest order 16 bytes of the bignum.
5877@cindex sixteen-byte integer
5878@cindex integer, 16-byte
5879@end ifset
5880
05e9452c
AM
5881@node Reloc
5882@section @code{.reloc @var{offset}, @var{reloc_name}[, @var{expression}]}
5883
5884@cindex @code{reloc} directive
5885Generate a relocation at @var{offset} of type @var{reloc_name} with value
5886@var{expression}. If @var{offset} is a number, the relocation is generated in
5887the current section. If @var{offset} is an expression that resolves to a
5888symbol plus offset, the relocation is generated in the given symbol's section.
5889@var{expression}, if present, must resolve to a symbol plus addend or to an
5890absolute value, but note that not all targets support an addend. e.g. ELF REL
5891targets such as i386 store an addend in the section contents rather than in the
5892relocation. This low level interface does not support addends stored in the
5893section.
5894
252b5132
RH
5895@node Rept
5896@section @code{.rept @var{count}}
5897
5898@cindex @code{rept} directive
5899Repeat the sequence of lines between the @code{.rept} directive and the next
5900@code{.endr} directive @var{count} times.
5901
5902For example, assembling
5903
5904@example
5905 .rept 3
5906 .long 0
5907 .endr
5908@end example
5909
5910is equivalent to assembling
5911
5912@example
5913 .long 0
5914 .long 0
5915 .long 0
5916@end example
5917
5918@node Sbttl
5919@section @code{.sbttl "@var{subheading}"}
5920
5921@cindex @code{sbttl} directive
5922@cindex subtitles for listings
5923@cindex listing control: subtitle
5924Use @var{subheading} as the title (third line, immediately after the
5925title line) when generating assembly listings.
5926
5927This directive affects subsequent pages, as well as the current page if
5928it appears within ten lines of the top of a page.
5929
5930@ifset COFF
5931@node Scl
5932@section @code{.scl @var{class}}
5933
5934@cindex @code{scl} directive
5935@cindex symbol storage class (COFF)
5936@cindex COFF symbol storage class
5937Set the storage-class value for a symbol. This directive may only be
5938used inside a @code{.def}/@code{.endef} pair. Storage class may flag
5939whether a symbol is static or external, or it may record further
5940symbolic debugging information.
5941@ifset BOUT
5942
5943The @samp{.scl} directive is primarily associated with COFF output; when
a4fb0134 5944configured to generate @code{b.out} output format, @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
5945accepts this directive but ignores it.
5946@end ifset
5947@end ifset
5948
c1253627 5949@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 5950@node Section
c1253627 5951@section @code{.section @var{name}}
252b5132 5952
252b5132
RH
5953@cindex named section
5954Use the @code{.section} directive to assemble the following code into a section
5955named @var{name}.
5956
5957This directive is only supported for targets that actually support arbitrarily
5958named sections; on @code{a.out} targets, for example, it is not accepted, even
5959with a standard @code{a.out} section name.
5960
c1253627
NC
5961@ifset COFF
5962@ifset ELF
5963@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
5964@subheading COFF Version
5965@end ifset
5966
5967@cindex @code{section} directive (COFF version)
252b5132
RH
5968For COFF targets, the @code{.section} directive is used in one of the following
5969ways:
c91d2e08 5970
252b5132
RH
5971@smallexample
5972.section @var{name}[, "@var{flags}"]
4e188d17 5973.section @var{name}[, @var{subsection}]
252b5132
RH
5974@end smallexample
5975
5976If the optional argument is quoted, it is taken as flags to use for the
5977section. Each flag is a single character. The following flags are recognized:
5978@table @code
5979@item b
5980bss section (uninitialized data)
5981@item n
5982section is not loaded
5983@item w
5984writable section
5985@item d
5986data section
70e0ee1a
KT
5987@item e
5988exclude section from linking
252b5132
RH
5989@item r
5990read-only section
5991@item x
5992executable section
2dcc60be
ILT
5993@item s
5994shared section (meaningful for PE targets)
6ff96af6
NC
5995@item a
5996ignored. (For compatibility with the ELF version)
63ad59ae
KT
5997@item y
5998section is not readable (meaningful for PE targets)
31907d5e
DK
5999@item 0-9
6000single-digit power-of-two section alignment (GNU extension)
252b5132
RH
6001@end table
6002
6003If no flags are specified, the default flags depend upon the section name. If
6004the section name is not recognized, the default will be for the section to be
7e84d676
NC
6005loaded and writable. Note the @code{n} and @code{w} flags remove attributes
6006from the section, rather than adding them, so if they are used on their own it
6007will be as if no flags had been specified at all.
252b5132
RH
6008
6009If the optional argument to the @code{.section} directive is not quoted, it is
4e188d17 6010taken as a subsection number (@pxref{Sub-Sections}).
c1253627 6011@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6012
6013@ifset ELF
c1253627
NC
6014@ifset COFF
6015@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6016@subheading ELF Version
6017@end ifset
6018
c91d2e08
NC
6019@cindex Section Stack
6020This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12 6021@code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}), @code{.pushsection}
a349d9dd
PB
6022(@pxref{PushSection}), @code{.popsection} (@pxref{PopSection}), and
6023@code{.previous} (@pxref{Previous}).
c91d2e08 6024
c1253627 6025@cindex @code{section} directive (ELF version)
252b5132 6026For ELF targets, the @code{.section} directive is used like this:
c91d2e08 6027
252b5132 6028@smallexample
7047dd1e 6029.section @var{name} [, "@var{flags}"[, @@@var{type}[,@var{flag_specific_arguments}]]]
252b5132 6030@end smallexample
c91d2e08 6031
252b5132 6032The optional @var{flags} argument is a quoted string which may contain any
a349d9dd 6033combination of the following characters:
252b5132
RH
6034@table @code
6035@item a
6036section is allocatable
18ae9cc1
L
6037@item e
6038section is excluded from executable and shared library.
252b5132
RH
6039@item w
6040section is writable
6041@item x
6042section is executable
ec38dd05
JJ
6043@item M
6044section is mergeable
6045@item S
6046section contains zero terminated strings
22fe14ad
NC
6047@item G
6048section is a member of a section group
6049@item T
6050section is used for thread-local-storage
01642c12
RM
6051@item ?
6052section is a member of the previously-current section's group, if any
252b5132
RH
6053@end table
6054
6055The optional @var{type} argument may contain one of the following constants:
6056@table @code
6057@item @@progbits
6058section contains data
6059@item @@nobits
6060section does not contain data (i.e., section only occupies space)
22fe14ad
NC
6061@item @@note
6062section contains data which is used by things other than the program
10b016c2
PB
6063@item @@init_array
6064section contains an array of pointers to init functions
6065@item @@fini_array
6066section contains an array of pointers to finish functions
6067@item @@preinit_array
6068section contains an array of pointers to pre-init functions
252b5132
RH
6069@end table
6070
10b016c2
PB
6071Many targets only support the first three section types.
6072
ececec60
NC
6073Note on targets where the @code{@@} character is the start of a comment (eg
6074ARM) then another character is used instead. For example the ARM port uses the
6075@code{%} character.
6076
22fe14ad 6077If @var{flags} contains the @code{M} symbol then the @var{type} argument must
96e9638b 6078be specified as well as an extra argument---@var{entsize}---like this:
22fe14ad
NC
6079
6080@smallexample
6081.section @var{name} , "@var{flags}"M, @@@var{type}, @var{entsize}
6082@end smallexample
6083
6084Sections with the @code{M} flag but not @code{S} flag must contain fixed size
6085constants, each @var{entsize} octets long. Sections with both @code{M} and
6086@code{S} must contain zero terminated strings where each character is
6087@var{entsize} bytes long. The linker may remove duplicates within sections with
6088the same name, same entity size and same flags. @var{entsize} must be an
90dce00a
AM
6089absolute expression. For sections with both @code{M} and @code{S}, a string
6090which is a suffix of a larger string is considered a duplicate. Thus
6091@code{"def"} will be merged with @code{"abcdef"}; A reference to the first
6092@code{"def"} will be changed to a reference to @code{"abcdef"+3}.
22fe14ad
NC
6093
6094If @var{flags} contains the @code{G} symbol then the @var{type} argument must
6095be present along with an additional field like this:
6096
6097@smallexample
6098.section @var{name} , "@var{flags}"G, @@@var{type}, @var{GroupName}[, @var{linkage}]
6099@end smallexample
6100
6101The @var{GroupName} field specifies the name of the section group to which this
6102particular section belongs. The optional linkage field can contain:
6103@table @code
6104@item comdat
6105indicates that only one copy of this section should be retained
6106@item .gnu.linkonce
6107an alias for comdat
6108@end table
6109
96e9638b 6110Note: if both the @var{M} and @var{G} flags are present then the fields for
22fe14ad
NC
6111the Merge flag should come first, like this:
6112
6113@smallexample
6114.section @var{name} , "@var{flags}"MG, @@@var{type}, @var{entsize}, @var{GroupName}[, @var{linkage}]
6115@end smallexample
ec38dd05 6116
01642c12
RM
6117If @var{flags} contains the @code{?} symbol then it may not also contain the
6118@code{G} symbol and the @var{GroupName} or @var{linkage} fields should not be
6119present. Instead, @code{?} says to consider the section that's current before
6120this directive. If that section used @code{G}, then the new section will use
6121@code{G} with those same @var{GroupName} and @var{linkage} fields implicitly.
6122If not, then the @code{?} symbol has no effect.
6123
252b5132
RH
6124If no flags are specified, the default flags depend upon the section name. If
6125the section name is not recognized, the default will be for the section to have
6126none of the above flags: it will not be allocated in memory, nor writable, nor
6127executable. The section will contain data.
6128
6129For ELF targets, the assembler supports another type of @code{.section}
6130directive for compatibility with the Solaris assembler:
c91d2e08 6131
252b5132
RH
6132@smallexample
6133.section "@var{name}"[, @var{flags}...]
6134@end smallexample
c91d2e08 6135
252b5132
RH
6136Note that the section name is quoted. There may be a sequence of comma
6137separated flags:
6138@table @code
6139@item #alloc
6140section is allocatable
6141@item #write
6142section is writable
6143@item #execinstr
6144section is executable
18ae9cc1
L
6145@item #exclude
6146section is excluded from executable and shared library.
22fe14ad
NC
6147@item #tls
6148section is used for thread local storage
252b5132 6149@end table
c91d2e08 6150
e9863d7f
DJ
6151This directive replaces the current section and subsection. See the
6152contents of the gas testsuite directory @code{gas/testsuite/gas/elf} for
6153some examples of how this directive and the other section stack directives
6154work.
c1253627
NC
6155@end ifset
6156@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6157
6158@node Set
6159@section @code{.set @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
6160
6161@cindex @code{set} directive
6162@cindex symbol value, setting
6163Set the value of @var{symbol} to @var{expression}. This
6164changes @var{symbol}'s value and type to conform to
6165@var{expression}. If @var{symbol} was flagged as external, it remains
6166flagged (@pxref{Symbol Attributes}).
6167
6168You may @code{.set} a symbol many times in the same assembly.
6169
6170If you @code{.set} a global symbol, the value stored in the object
6171file is the last value stored into it.
6172
3c9b82ba
NC
6173@ifset Z80
6174On Z80 @code{set} is a real instruction, use
6175@samp{@var{symbol} defl @var{expression}} instead.
6176@end ifset
6177
252b5132
RH
6178@node Short
6179@section @code{.short @var{expressions}}
6180
6181@cindex @code{short} directive
6182@ifset GENERIC
6183@code{.short} is normally the same as @samp{.word}.
6184@xref{Word,,@code{.word}}.
6185
6186In some configurations, however, @code{.short} and @code{.word} generate
96e9638b 6187numbers of different lengths. @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
252b5132
RH
6188@end ifset
6189@ifclear GENERIC
6190@ifset W16
6191@code{.short} is the same as @samp{.word}. @xref{Word,,@code{.word}}.
6192@end ifset
6193@ifset W32
6194This expects zero or more @var{expressions}, and emits
6195a 16 bit number for each.
6196@end ifset
6197@end ifclear
6198
6199@node Single
6200@section @code{.single @var{flonums}}
6201
6202@cindex @code{single} directive
6203@cindex floating point numbers (single)
6204This directive assembles zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It
6205has the same effect as @code{.float}.
6206@ifset GENERIC
6207The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how
a4fb0134 6208@command{@value{AS}} is configured. @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
252b5132
RH
6209@end ifset
6210@ifclear GENERIC
6211@ifset IEEEFLOAT
6212On the @value{TARGET} family, @code{.single} emits 32-bit floating point
6213numbers in @sc{ieee} format.
6214@end ifset
6215@end ifclear
6216
c1253627 6217@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 6218@node Size
c1253627 6219@section @code{.size}
c91d2e08 6220
c1253627
NC
6221This directive is used to set the size associated with a symbol.
6222
6223@ifset COFF
6224@ifset ELF
6225@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6226@subheading COFF Version
6227@end ifset
6228
6229@cindex @code{size} directive (COFF version)
6230For COFF targets, the @code{.size} directive is only permitted inside
6231@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs. It is used like this:
6232
6233@smallexample
6234.size @var{expression}
6235@end smallexample
252b5132 6236
c91d2e08 6237@ifset BOUT
252b5132 6238@samp{.size} is only meaningful when generating COFF format output; when
a4fb0134 6239@command{@value{AS}} is generating @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but
252b5132
RH
6240ignores it.
6241@end ifset
c1253627 6242@end ifset
c91d2e08 6243
c1253627
NC
6244@ifset ELF
6245@ifset COFF
6246@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6247@subheading ELF Version
6248@end ifset
6249
6250@cindex @code{size} directive (ELF version)
6251For ELF targets, the @code{.size} directive is used like this:
c91d2e08 6252
c1253627
NC
6253@smallexample
6254.size @var{name} , @var{expression}
6255@end smallexample
6256
6257This directive sets the size associated with a symbol @var{name}.
c91d2e08
NC
6258The size in bytes is computed from @var{expression} which can make use of label
6259arithmetic. This directive is typically used to set the size of function
6260symbols.
c1253627
NC
6261@end ifset
6262@end ifset
252b5132 6263
252b5132
RH
6264@ifclear no-space-dir
6265@node Skip
6266@section @code{.skip @var{size} , @var{fill}}
6267
6268@cindex @code{skip} directive
6269@cindex filling memory
6270This directive emits @var{size} bytes, each of value @var{fill}. Both
6271@var{size} and @var{fill} are absolute expressions. If the comma and
6272@var{fill} are omitted, @var{fill} is assumed to be zero. This is the same as
6273@samp{.space}.
884f0d36 6274@end ifclear
252b5132 6275
ccf8a69b
BW
6276@node Sleb128
6277@section @code{.sleb128 @var{expressions}}
6278
6279@cindex @code{sleb128} directive
01642c12 6280@var{sleb128} stands for ``signed little endian base 128.'' This is a
ccf8a69b
BW
6281compact, variable length representation of numbers used by the DWARF
6282symbolic debugging format. @xref{Uleb128, ,@code{.uleb128}}.
6283
884f0d36 6284@ifclear no-space-dir
252b5132
RH
6285@node Space
6286@section @code{.space @var{size} , @var{fill}}
6287
6288@cindex @code{space} directive
6289@cindex filling memory
6290This directive emits @var{size} bytes, each of value @var{fill}. Both
6291@var{size} and @var{fill} are absolute expressions. If the comma
6292and @var{fill} are omitted, @var{fill} is assumed to be zero. This is the same
6293as @samp{.skip}.
6294
6295@ifset HPPA
6296@quotation
6297@emph{Warning:} @code{.space} has a completely different meaning for HPPA
6298targets; use @code{.block} as a substitute. See @cite{HP9000 Series 800
6299Assembly Language Reference Manual} (HP 92432-90001) for the meaning of the
6300@code{.space} directive. @xref{HPPA Directives,,HPPA Assembler Directives},
6301for a summary.
6302@end quotation
6303@end ifset
6304@end ifclear
6305
252b5132
RH
6306@ifset have-stabs
6307@node Stab
6308@section @code{.stabd, .stabn, .stabs}
6309
6310@cindex symbolic debuggers, information for
6311@cindex @code{stab@var{x}} directives
6312There are three directives that begin @samp{.stab}.
6313All emit symbols (@pxref{Symbols}), for use by symbolic debuggers.
a4fb0134 6314The symbols are not entered in the @command{@value{AS}} hash table: they
252b5132
RH
6315cannot be referenced elsewhere in the source file.
6316Up to five fields are required:
6317
6318@table @var
6319@item string
6320This is the symbol's name. It may contain any character except
6321@samp{\000}, so is more general than ordinary symbol names. Some
6322debuggers used to code arbitrarily complex structures into symbol names
6323using this field.
6324
6325@item type
6326An absolute expression. The symbol's type is set to the low 8 bits of
6327this expression. Any bit pattern is permitted, but @code{@value{LD}}
6328and debuggers choke on silly bit patterns.
6329
6330@item other
6331An absolute expression. The symbol's ``other'' attribute is set to the
6332low 8 bits of this expression.
6333
6334@item desc
6335An absolute expression. The symbol's descriptor is set to the low 16
6336bits of this expression.
6337
6338@item value
6339An absolute expression which becomes the symbol's value.
6340@end table
6341
6342If a warning is detected while reading a @code{.stabd}, @code{.stabn},
6343or @code{.stabs} statement, the symbol has probably already been created;
6344you get a half-formed symbol in your object file. This is
6345compatible with earlier assemblers!
6346
6347@table @code
6348@cindex @code{stabd} directive
6349@item .stabd @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc}
6350
6351The ``name'' of the symbol generated is not even an empty string.
6352It is a null pointer, for compatibility. Older assemblers used a
6353null pointer so they didn't waste space in object files with empty
6354strings.
6355
6356The symbol's value is set to the location counter,
6357relocatably. When your program is linked, the value of this symbol
6358is the address of the location counter when the @code{.stabd} was
6359assembled.
6360
6361@cindex @code{stabn} directive
6362@item .stabn @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc} , @var{value}
6363The name of the symbol is set to the empty string @code{""}.
6364
6365@cindex @code{stabs} directive
6366@item .stabs @var{string} , @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc} , @var{value}
6367All five fields are specified.
6368@end table
6369@end ifset
6370@c end have-stabs
6371
6372@node String
38a57ae7 6373@section @code{.string} "@var{str}", @code{.string8} "@var{str}", @code{.string16}
01642c12 6374"@var{str}", @code{.string32} "@var{str}", @code{.string64} "@var{str}"
252b5132
RH
6375
6376@cindex string, copying to object file
38a57ae7
NC
6377@cindex string8, copying to object file
6378@cindex string16, copying to object file
6379@cindex string32, copying to object file
6380@cindex string64, copying to object file
252b5132 6381@cindex @code{string} directive
38a57ae7
NC
6382@cindex @code{string8} directive
6383@cindex @code{string16} directive
6384@cindex @code{string32} directive
6385@cindex @code{string64} directive
252b5132
RH
6386
6387Copy the characters in @var{str} to the object file. You may specify more than
6388one string to copy, separated by commas. Unless otherwise specified for a
6389particular machine, the assembler marks the end of each string with a 0 byte.
6390You can use any of the escape sequences described in @ref{Strings,,Strings}.
6391
01642c12 6392The variants @code{string16}, @code{string32} and @code{string64} differ from
38a57ae7
NC
6393the @code{string} pseudo opcode in that each 8-bit character from @var{str} is
6394copied and expanded to 16, 32 or 64 bits respectively. The expanded characters
6395are stored in target endianness byte order.
6396
6397Example:
6398@smallexample
6399 .string32 "BYE"
6400expands to:
6401 .string "B\0\0\0Y\0\0\0E\0\0\0" /* On little endian targets. */
6402 .string "\0\0\0B\0\0\0Y\0\0\0E" /* On big endian targets. */
6403@end smallexample
6404
6405
252b5132
RH
6406@node Struct
6407@section @code{.struct @var{expression}}
6408
6409@cindex @code{struct} directive
6410Switch to the absolute section, and set the section offset to @var{expression},
6411which must be an absolute expression. You might use this as follows:
6412@smallexample
6413 .struct 0
6414field1:
6415 .struct field1 + 4
6416field2:
6417 .struct field2 + 4
6418field3:
6419@end smallexample
6420This would define the symbol @code{field1} to have the value 0, the symbol
6421@code{field2} to have the value 4, and the symbol @code{field3} to have the
6422value 8. Assembly would be left in the absolute section, and you would need to
6423use a @code{.section} directive of some sort to change to some other section
6424before further assembly.
6425
c91d2e08
NC
6426@ifset ELF
6427@node SubSection
6428@section @code{.subsection @var{name}}
6429
c1253627 6430@cindex @code{subsection} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6431@cindex Section Stack
6432This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12
RM
6433@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.pushsection} (@pxref{PushSection}),
6434@code{.popsection} (@pxref{PopSection}), and @code{.previous}
a349d9dd 6435(@pxref{Previous}).
c91d2e08
NC
6436
6437This directive replaces the current subsection with @code{name}. The current
6438section is not changed. The replaced subsection is put onto the section stack
6439in place of the then current top of stack subsection.
c91d2e08
NC
6440@end ifset
6441
252b5132
RH
6442@ifset ELF
6443@node Symver
6444@section @code{.symver}
6445@cindex @code{symver} directive
6446@cindex symbol versioning
6447@cindex versions of symbols
6448Use the @code{.symver} directive to bind symbols to specific version nodes
6449within a source file. This is only supported on ELF platforms, and is
6450typically used when assembling files to be linked into a shared library.
6451There are cases where it may make sense to use this in objects to be bound
6452into an application itself so as to override a versioned symbol from a
6453shared library.
6454
79082ff0 6455For ELF targets, the @code{.symver} directive can be used like this:
252b5132
RH
6456@smallexample
6457.symver @var{name}, @var{name2@@nodename}
6458@end smallexample
339681c0 6459If the symbol @var{name} is defined within the file
79082ff0 6460being assembled, the @code{.symver} directive effectively creates a symbol
252b5132
RH
6461alias with the name @var{name2@@nodename}, and in fact the main reason that we
6462just don't try and create a regular alias is that the @var{@@} character isn't
6463permitted in symbol names. The @var{name2} part of the name is the actual name
6464of the symbol by which it will be externally referenced. The name @var{name}
6465itself is merely a name of convenience that is used so that it is possible to
6466have definitions for multiple versions of a function within a single source
6467file, and so that the compiler can unambiguously know which version of a
6468function is being mentioned. The @var{nodename} portion of the alias should be
6469the name of a node specified in the version script supplied to the linker when
6470building a shared library. If you are attempting to override a versioned
6471symbol from a shared library, then @var{nodename} should correspond to the
6472nodename of the symbol you are trying to override.
339681c0
L
6473
6474If the symbol @var{name} is not defined within the file being assembled, all
6475references to @var{name} will be changed to @var{name2@@nodename}. If no
6476reference to @var{name} is made, @var{name2@@nodename} will be removed from the
6477symbol table.
79082ff0
L
6478
6479Another usage of the @code{.symver} directive is:
6480@smallexample
6481.symver @var{name}, @var{name2@@@@nodename}
6482@end smallexample
6483In this case, the symbol @var{name} must exist and be defined within
a349d9dd 6484the file being assembled. It is similar to @var{name2@@nodename}. The
79082ff0
L
6485difference is @var{name2@@@@nodename} will also be used to resolve
6486references to @var{name2} by the linker.
6487
6488The third usage of the @code{.symver} directive is:
6489@smallexample
6490.symver @var{name}, @var{name2@@@@@@nodename}
6491@end smallexample
6492When @var{name} is not defined within the
6493file being assembled, it is treated as @var{name2@@nodename}. When
6494@var{name} is defined within the file being assembled, the symbol
6495name, @var{name}, will be changed to @var{name2@@@@nodename}.
252b5132
RH
6496@end ifset
6497
6498@ifset COFF
6499@node Tag
6500@section @code{.tag @var{structname}}
6501
6502@cindex COFF structure debugging
6503@cindex structure debugging, COFF
6504@cindex @code{tag} directive
6505This directive is generated by compilers to include auxiliary debugging
6506information in the symbol table. It is only permitted inside
6507@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs. Tags are used to link structure
6508definitions in the symbol table with instances of those structures.
6509@ifset BOUT
6510
6511@samp{.tag} is only used when generating COFF format output; when
a4fb0134 6512@command{@value{AS}} is generating @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but
252b5132
RH
6513ignores it.
6514@end ifset
6515@end ifset
6516
6517@node Text
6518@section @code{.text @var{subsection}}
6519
6520@cindex @code{text} directive
a4fb0134 6521Tells @command{@value{AS}} to assemble the following statements onto the end of
252b5132
RH
6522the text subsection numbered @var{subsection}, which is an absolute
6523expression. If @var{subsection} is omitted, subsection number zero
6524is used.
6525
6526@node Title
6527@section @code{.title "@var{heading}"}
6528
6529@cindex @code{title} directive
6530@cindex listing control: title line
6531Use @var{heading} as the title (second line, immediately after the
6532source file name and pagenumber) when generating assembly listings.
6533
6534This directive affects subsequent pages, as well as the current page if
6535it appears within ten lines of the top of a page.
6536
c1253627 6537@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 6538@node Type
c1253627
NC
6539@section @code{.type}
6540
6541This directive is used to set the type of a symbol.
6542
6543@ifset COFF
6544@ifset ELF
6545@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6546@subheading COFF Version
6547@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6548
6549@cindex COFF symbol type
6550@cindex symbol type, COFF
c1253627
NC
6551@cindex @code{type} directive (COFF version)
6552For COFF targets, this directive is permitted only within
6553@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs. It is used like this:
6554
6555@smallexample
6556.type @var{int}
6557@end smallexample
6558
6559This records the integer @var{int} as the type attribute of a symbol table
6560entry.
252b5132 6561
c91d2e08 6562@ifset BOUT
252b5132 6563@samp{.type} is associated only with COFF format output; when
a4fb0134 6564@command{@value{AS}} is configured for @code{b.out} output, it accepts this
252b5132
RH
6565directive but ignores it.
6566@end ifset
c1253627 6567@end ifset
c91d2e08 6568
c1253627
NC
6569@ifset ELF
6570@ifset COFF
6571@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6572@subheading ELF Version
6573@end ifset
c91d2e08
NC
6574
6575@cindex ELF symbol type
6576@cindex symbol type, ELF
c1253627
NC
6577@cindex @code{type} directive (ELF version)
6578For ELF targets, the @code{.type} directive is used like this:
6579
6580@smallexample
6581.type @var{name} , @var{type description}
6582@end smallexample
6583
6584This sets the type of symbol @var{name} to be either a
a349d9dd 6585function symbol or an object symbol. There are five different syntaxes
c91d2e08 6586supported for the @var{type description} field, in order to provide
28c9d252 6587compatibility with various other assemblers.
58ab4f3d
MM
6588
6589Because some of the characters used in these syntaxes (such as @samp{@@} and
6590@samp{#}) are comment characters for some architectures, some of the syntaxes
6591below do not work on all architectures. The first variant will be accepted by
6592the GNU assembler on all architectures so that variant should be used for
6593maximum portability, if you do not need to assemble your code with other
6594assemblers.
6595
6596The syntaxes supported are:
c91d2e08
NC
6597
6598@smallexample
5671778d
NC
6599 .type <name> STT_<TYPE_IN_UPPER_CASE>
6600 .type <name>,#<type>
6601 .type <name>,@@<type>
e7c33416 6602 .type <name>,%<type>
5671778d
NC
6603 .type <name>,"<type>"
6604@end smallexample
6605
6606The types supported are:
58ab4f3d 6607
5671778d
NC
6608@table @gcctabopt
6609@item STT_FUNC
6610@itemx function
6611Mark the symbol as being a function name.
c91d2e08 6612
d8045f23
NC
6613@item STT_GNU_IFUNC
6614@itemx gnu_indirect_function
6615Mark the symbol as an indirect function when evaluated during reloc
9c55345c 6616processing. (This is only supported on assemblers targeting GNU systems).
d8045f23 6617
5671778d
NC
6618@item STT_OBJECT
6619@itemx object
6620Mark the symbol as being a data object.
6621
6622@item STT_TLS
6623@itemx tls_object
6624Mark the symbol as being a thead-local data object.
6625
6626@item STT_COMMON
6627@itemx common
6628Mark the symbol as being a common data object.
e7c33416
NC
6629
6630@item STT_NOTYPE
6631@itemx notype
6632Does not mark the symbol in any way. It is supported just for completeness.
6633
3e7a7d11
NC
6634@item gnu_unique_object
6635Marks the symbol as being a globally unique data object. The dynamic linker
6636will make sure that in the entire process there is just one symbol with this
9c55345c
TS
6637name and type in use. (This is only supported on assemblers targeting GNU
6638systems).
3e7a7d11 6639
5671778d
NC
6640@end table
6641
6642Note: Some targets support extra types in addition to those listed above.
c91d2e08 6643
c1253627
NC
6644@end ifset
6645@end ifset
c91d2e08
NC
6646
6647@node Uleb128
6648@section @code{.uleb128 @var{expressions}}
6649
6650@cindex @code{uleb128} directive
01642c12 6651@var{uleb128} stands for ``unsigned little endian base 128.'' This is a
c91d2e08 6652compact, variable length representation of numbers used by the DWARF
96e9638b 6653symbolic debugging format. @xref{Sleb128, ,@code{.sleb128}}.
252b5132
RH
6654
6655@ifset COFF
6656@node Val
6657@section @code{.val @var{addr}}
6658
6659@cindex @code{val} directive
6660@cindex COFF value attribute
6661@cindex value attribute, COFF
6662This directive, permitted only within @code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs,
6663records the address @var{addr} as the value attribute of a symbol table
6664entry.
6665@ifset BOUT
6666
a4fb0134 6667@samp{.val} is used only for COFF output; when @command{@value{AS}} is
252b5132
RH
6668configured for @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but ignores it.
6669@end ifset
6670@end ifset
6671
2e13b764 6672@ifset ELF
c91d2e08
NC
6673@node Version
6674@section @code{.version "@var{string}"}
2e13b764 6675
c1253627 6676@cindex @code{version} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6677This directive creates a @code{.note} section and places into it an ELF
6678formatted note of type NT_VERSION. The note's name is set to @code{string}.
9a297610 6679@end ifset
2e13b764 6680
c91d2e08
NC
6681@ifset ELF
6682@node VTableEntry
6683@section @code{.vtable_entry @var{table}, @var{offset}}
2e13b764 6684
653cfe85 6685@cindex @code{vtable_entry} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6686This directive finds or creates a symbol @code{table} and creates a
6687@code{VTABLE_ENTRY} relocation for it with an addend of @code{offset}.
2e13b764 6688
c91d2e08
NC
6689@node VTableInherit
6690@section @code{.vtable_inherit @var{child}, @var{parent}}
2e13b764 6691
653cfe85 6692@cindex @code{vtable_inherit} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6693This directive finds the symbol @code{child} and finds or creates the symbol
6694@code{parent} and then creates a @code{VTABLE_INHERIT} relocation for the
a349d9dd 6695parent whose addend is the value of the child symbol. As a special case the
96e9638b 6696parent name of @code{0} is treated as referring to the @code{*ABS*} section.
c91d2e08 6697@end ifset
2e13b764 6698
d190d046
HPN
6699@node Warning
6700@section @code{.warning "@var{string}"}
6701@cindex warning directive
6702Similar to the directive @code{.error}
6703(@pxref{Error,,@code{.error "@var{string}"}}), but just emits a warning.
6704
c91d2e08
NC
6705@node Weak
6706@section @code{.weak @var{names}}
2e13b764 6707
c1253627 6708@cindex @code{weak} directive
a349d9dd 6709This directive sets the weak attribute on the comma separated list of symbol
c91d2e08 6710@code{names}. If the symbols do not already exist, they will be created.
c87db184 6711
01642c12 6712On COFF targets other than PE, weak symbols are a GNU extension. This
977cdf5a 6713directive sets the weak attribute on the comma separated list of symbol
c87db184
CF
6714@code{names}. If the symbols do not already exist, they will be created.
6715
977cdf5a 6716On the PE target, weak symbols are supported natively as weak aliases.
01642c12 6717When a weak symbol is created that is not an alias, GAS creates an
977cdf5a 6718alternate symbol to hold the default value.
2e13b764 6719
06e77878
AO
6720@node Weakref
6721@section @code{.weakref @var{alias}, @var{target}}
6722
6723@cindex @code{weakref} directive
6724This directive creates an alias to the target symbol that enables the symbol to
6725be referenced with weak-symbol semantics, but without actually making it weak.
6726If direct references or definitions of the symbol are present, then the symbol
6727will not be weak, but if all references to it are through weak references, the
6728symbol will be marked as weak in the symbol table.
6729
6730The effect is equivalent to moving all references to the alias to a separate
6731assembly source file, renaming the alias to the symbol in it, declaring the
6732symbol as weak there, and running a reloadable link to merge the object files
6733resulting from the assembly of the new source file and the old source file that
6734had the references to the alias removed.
6735
6736The alias itself never makes to the symbol table, and is entirely handled
6737within the assembler.
6738
252b5132
RH
6739@node Word
6740@section @code{.word @var{expressions}}
6741
6742@cindex @code{word} directive
6743This directive expects zero or more @var{expressions}, of any section,
6744separated by commas.
6745@ifclear GENERIC
6746@ifset W32
a4fb0134 6747For each expression, @command{@value{AS}} emits a 32-bit number.
252b5132
RH
6748@end ifset
6749@ifset W16
a4fb0134 6750For each expression, @command{@value{AS}} emits a 16-bit number.
252b5132
RH
6751@end ifset
6752@end ifclear
6753@ifset GENERIC
6754
6755The size of the number emitted, and its byte order,
6756depend on what target computer the assembly is for.
6757@end ifset
6758
6759@c on amd29k, i960, sparc the "special treatment to support compilers" doesn't
6760@c happen---32-bit addressability, period; no long/short jumps.
6761@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
6762@cindex difference tables altered
6763@cindex altered difference tables
6764@quotation
6765@emph{Warning: Special Treatment to support Compilers}
6766@end quotation
6767
6768@ifset GENERIC
6769Machines with a 32-bit address space, but that do less than 32-bit
6770addressing, require the following special treatment. If the machine of
6771interest to you does 32-bit addressing (or doesn't require it;
6772@pxref{Machine Dependencies}), you can ignore this issue.
6773
6774@end ifset
6775In order to assemble compiler output into something that works,
a4fb0134 6776@command{@value{AS}} occasionally does strange things to @samp{.word} directives.
252b5132 6777Directives of the form @samp{.word sym1-sym2} are often emitted by
a4fb0134 6778compilers as part of jump tables. Therefore, when @command{@value{AS}} assembles a
252b5132 6779directive of the form @samp{.word sym1-sym2}, and the difference between
a4fb0134 6780@code{sym1} and @code{sym2} does not fit in 16 bits, @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
6781creates a @dfn{secondary jump table}, immediately before the next label.
6782This secondary jump table is preceded by a short-jump to the
6783first byte after the secondary table. This short-jump prevents the flow
6784of control from accidentally falling into the new table. Inside the
6785table is a long-jump to @code{sym2}. The original @samp{.word}
6786contains @code{sym1} minus the address of the long-jump to
6787@code{sym2}.
6788
6789If there were several occurrences of @samp{.word sym1-sym2} before the
6790secondary jump table, all of them are adjusted. If there was a
6791@samp{.word sym3-sym4}, that also did not fit in sixteen bits, a
6792long-jump to @code{sym4} is included in the secondary jump table,
6793and the @code{.word} directives are adjusted to contain @code{sym3}
6794minus the address of the long-jump to @code{sym4}; and so on, for as many
6795entries in the original jump table as necessary.
6796
6797@ifset INTERNALS
a4fb0134 6798@emph{This feature may be disabled by compiling @command{@value{AS}} with the
252b5132
RH
6799@samp{-DWORKING_DOT_WORD} option.} This feature is likely to confuse
6800assembly language programmers.
6801@end ifset
6802@end ifset
6803@c end DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
6804
6805@node Deprecated
6806@section Deprecated Directives
6807
6808@cindex deprecated directives
6809@cindex obsolescent directives
6810One day these directives won't work.
6811They are included for compatibility with older assemblers.
6812@table @t
6813@item .abort
6814@item .line
6815@end table
6816
3a99f02f
DJ
6817@ifset ELF
6818@node Object Attributes
6819@chapter Object Attributes
6820@cindex object attributes
6821
6822@command{@value{AS}} assembles source files written for a specific architecture
6823into object files for that architecture. But not all object files are alike.
6824Many architectures support incompatible variations. For instance, floating
6825point arguments might be passed in floating point registers if the object file
6826requires hardware floating point support---or floating point arguments might be
6827passed in integer registers if the object file supports processors with no
6828hardware floating point unit. Or, if two objects are built for different
6829generations of the same architecture, the combination may require the
6830newer generation at run-time.
6831
6832This information is useful during and after linking. At link time,
6833@command{@value{LD}} can warn about incompatible object files. After link
6834time, tools like @command{gdb} can use it to process the linked file
6835correctly.
6836
6837Compatibility information is recorded as a series of object attributes. Each
6838attribute has a @dfn{vendor}, @dfn{tag}, and @dfn{value}. The vendor is a
6839string, and indicates who sets the meaning of the tag. The tag is an integer,
6840and indicates what property the attribute describes. The value may be a string
6841or an integer, and indicates how the property affects this object. Missing
6842attributes are the same as attributes with a zero value or empty string value.
6843
6844Object attributes were developed as part of the ABI for the ARM Architecture.
6845The file format is documented in @cite{ELF for the ARM Architecture}.
6846
6847@menu
6848* GNU Object Attributes:: @sc{gnu} Object Attributes
6849* Defining New Object Attributes:: Defining New Object Attributes
6850@end menu
6851
6852@node GNU Object Attributes
6853@section @sc{gnu} Object Attributes
6854
6855The @code{.gnu_attribute} directive records an object attribute
6856with vendor @samp{gnu}.
6857
6858Except for @samp{Tag_compatibility}, which has both an integer and a string for
6859its value, @sc{gnu} attributes have a string value if the tag number is odd and
6860an integer value if the tag number is even. The second bit (@code{@var{tag} &
68612} is set for architecture-independent attributes and clear for
6862architecture-dependent ones.
6863
6864@subsection Common @sc{gnu} attributes
6865
6866These attributes are valid on all architectures.
6867
6868@table @r
6869@item Tag_compatibility (32)
6870The compatibility attribute takes an integer flag value and a vendor name. If
6871the flag value is 0, the file is compatible with other toolchains. If it is 1,
6872then the file is only compatible with the named toolchain. If it is greater
6873than 1, the file can only be processed by other toolchains under some private
6874arrangement indicated by the flag value and the vendor name.
6875@end table
6876
6877@subsection MIPS Attributes
6878
6879@table @r
6880@item Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP (4)
6881The floating-point ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
6882
6883@itemize @bullet
6884@item
68850 for files not affected by the floating-point ABI.
6886@item
68871 for files using the hardware floating-point with a standard double-precision
6888FPU.
6889@item
68902 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with a single-precision FPU.
6891@item
68923 for files using the software floating-point ABI.
42554f6a
TS
6893@item
68944 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with 64-bit wide
6895double-precision floating-point registers and 32-bit wide general
6896purpose registers.
3a99f02f
DJ
6897@end itemize
6898@end table
6899
6900@subsection PowerPC Attributes
6901
6902@table @r
6903@item Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_FP (4)
6904The floating-point ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
6905
6906@itemize @bullet
6907@item
69080 for files not affected by the floating-point ABI.
6909@item
3c7b9897 69101 for files using double-precision hardware floating-point ABI.
3a99f02f
DJ
6911@item
69122 for files using the software floating-point ABI.
3c7b9897
AM
6913@item
69143 for files using single-precision hardware floating-point ABI.
3a99f02f
DJ
6915@end itemize
6916
6917@item Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Vector (8)
6918The vector ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
6919
6920@itemize @bullet
6921@item
69220 for files not affected by the vector ABI.
6923@item
69241 for files using general purpose registers to pass vectors.
6925@item
69262 for files using AltiVec registers to pass vectors.
6927@item
69283 for files using SPE registers to pass vectors.
6929@end itemize
6930@end table
6931
6932@node Defining New Object Attributes
6933@section Defining New Object Attributes
6934
6935If you want to define a new @sc{gnu} object attribute, here are the places you
6936will need to modify. New attributes should be discussed on the @samp{binutils}
6937mailing list.
6938
6939@itemize @bullet
6940@item
6941This manual, which is the official register of attributes.
6942@item
6943The header for your architecture @file{include/elf}, to define the tag.
6944@item
6945The @file{bfd} support file for your architecture, to merge the attribute
6946and issue any appropriate link warnings.
6947@item
6948Test cases in @file{ld/testsuite} for merging and link warnings.
6949@item
6950@file{binutils/readelf.c} to display your attribute.
6951@item
6952GCC, if you want the compiler to mark the attribute automatically.
6953@end itemize
6954
6955@end ifset
6956
252b5132
RH
6957@ifset GENERIC
6958@node Machine Dependencies
6959@chapter Machine Dependent Features
6960
6961@cindex machine dependencies
6962The machine instruction sets are (almost by definition) different on
a4fb0134
SC
6963each machine where @command{@value{AS}} runs. Floating point representations
6964vary as well, and @command{@value{AS}} often supports a few additional
252b5132
RH
6965directives or command-line options for compatibility with other
6966assemblers on a particular platform. Finally, some versions of
a4fb0134 6967@command{@value{AS}} support special pseudo-instructions for branch
252b5132
RH
6968optimization.
6969
6970This chapter discusses most of these differences, though it does not
6971include details on any machine's instruction set. For details on that
6972subject, see the hardware manufacturer's manual.
6973
6974@menu
a06ea964
NC
6975@ifset AARCH64
6976* AArch64-Dependent:: AArch64 Dependent Features
6977@end ifset
625e1353
RH
6978@ifset ALPHA
6979* Alpha-Dependent:: Alpha Dependent Features
6980@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6981@ifset ARC
6982* ARC-Dependent:: ARC Dependent Features
6983@end ifset
6984@ifset ARM
6985* ARM-Dependent:: ARM Dependent Features
6986@end ifset
8473f7a4
DC
6987@ifset AVR
6988* AVR-Dependent:: AVR Dependent Features
6989@end ifset
3b4e1885
JZ
6990@ifset Blackfin
6991* Blackfin-Dependent:: Blackfin Dependent Features
07c1b327 6992@end ifset
3d3d428f
NC
6993@ifset CR16
6994* CR16-Dependent:: CR16 Dependent Features
6995@end ifset
8bf549a8 6996@ifset CRIS
328eb32e
HPN
6997* CRIS-Dependent:: CRIS Dependent Features
6998@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6999@ifset D10V
7000* D10V-Dependent:: D10V Dependent Features
7001@end ifset
7002@ifset D30V
7003* D30V-Dependent:: D30V Dependent Features
7004@end ifset
cfb8c092
NC
7005@ifset EPIPHANY
7006* Epiphany-Dependent:: EPIPHANY Dependent Features
7007@end ifset
252b5132 7008@ifset H8/300
c2dcd04e 7009* H8/300-Dependent:: Renesas H8/300 Dependent Features
252b5132 7010@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7011@ifset HPPA
7012* HPPA-Dependent:: HPPA Dependent Features
7013@end ifset
5b93d8bb
AM
7014@ifset I370
7015* ESA/390-Dependent:: IBM ESA/390 Dependent Features
7016@end ifset
252b5132 7017@ifset I80386
55b62671 7018* i386-Dependent:: Intel 80386 and AMD x86-64 Dependent Features
252b5132 7019@end ifset
e3308d0d
JE
7020@ifset I860
7021* i860-Dependent:: Intel 80860 Dependent Features
7022@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7023@ifset I960
7024* i960-Dependent:: Intel 80960 Dependent Features
7025@end ifset
5cb53c21
L
7026@ifset IA64
7027* IA-64-Dependent:: Intel IA-64 Dependent Features
7028@end ifset
a40cbfa3
NC
7029@ifset IP2K
7030* IP2K-Dependent:: IP2K Dependent Features
7031@end ifset
84e94c90
NC
7032@ifset LM32
7033* LM32-Dependent:: LM32 Dependent Features
7034@end ifset
49f58d10
JB
7035@ifset M32C
7036* M32C-Dependent:: M32C Dependent Features
7037@end ifset
ec694b89
NC
7038@ifset M32R
7039* M32R-Dependent:: M32R Dependent Features
7040@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7041@ifset M680X0
7042* M68K-Dependent:: M680x0 Dependent Features
7043@end ifset
60bcf0fa
NC
7044@ifset M68HC11
7045* M68HC11-Dependent:: M68HC11 and 68HC12 Dependent Features
7046@end ifset
a3c62988
NC
7047@ifset METAG
7048* Meta-Dependent :: Meta Dependent Features
7049@end ifset
7ba29e2a
NC
7050@ifset MICROBLAZE
7051* MicroBlaze-Dependent:: MICROBLAZE Dependent Features
7052@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7053@ifset MIPS
7054* MIPS-Dependent:: MIPS Dependent Features
7055@end ifset
3c3bdf30
NC
7056@ifset MMIX
7057* MMIX-Dependent:: MMIX Dependent Features
7058@end ifset
2469cfa2
NC
7059@ifset MSP430
7060* MSP430-Dependent:: MSP430 Dependent Features
7061@end ifset
7c31ae13
NC
7062@ifset NS32K
7063* NS32K-Dependent:: NS32K Dependent Features
7064@end ifset
252b5132 7065@ifset SH
ef230218
JR
7066* SH-Dependent:: Renesas / SuperH SH Dependent Features
7067* SH64-Dependent:: SuperH SH64 Dependent Features
252b5132 7068@end ifset
e135f41b
NC
7069@ifset PDP11
7070* PDP-11-Dependent:: PDP-11 Dependent Features
7071@end ifset
041dd5a9
ILT
7072@ifset PJ
7073* PJ-Dependent:: picoJava Dependent Features
7074@end ifset
418c1742
MG
7075@ifset PPC
7076* PPC-Dependent:: PowerPC Dependent Features
7077@end ifset
99c513f6
DD
7078@ifset RL78
7079* RL78-Dependent:: RL78 Dependent Features
7080@end ifset
046d31c2
NC
7081@ifset RX
7082* RX-Dependent:: RX Dependent Features
7083@end ifset
11c19e16
MS
7084@ifset S390
7085* S/390-Dependent:: IBM S/390 Dependent Features
7086@end ifset
c0157db4
NC
7087@ifset SCORE
7088* SCORE-Dependent:: SCORE Dependent Features
7089@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7090@ifset SPARC
7091* Sparc-Dependent:: SPARC Dependent Features
7092@end ifset
39bec121
TW
7093@ifset TIC54X
7094* TIC54X-Dependent:: TI TMS320C54x Dependent Features
7095@end ifset
40b36596
JM
7096@ifset TIC6X
7097* TIC6X-Dependent :: TI TMS320C6x Dependent Features
7098@end ifset
aa137e4d
NC
7099@ifset TILEGX
7100* TILE-Gx-Dependent :: Tilera TILE-Gx Dependent Features
7101@end ifset
7102@ifset TILEPRO
7103* TILEPro-Dependent :: Tilera TILEPro Dependent Features
7104@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7105@ifset V850
7106* V850-Dependent:: V850 Dependent Features
7107@end ifset
f6c1a2d5
NC
7108@ifset XGATE
7109* XGATE-Dependent:: XGATE Features
7110@end ifset
6753e72f
NC
7111@ifset XSTORMY16
7112* XSTORMY16-Dependent:: XStormy16 Dependent Features
7113@end ifset
e0001a05
NC
7114@ifset XTENSA
7115* Xtensa-Dependent:: Xtensa Dependent Features
7116@end ifset
3c9b82ba
NC
7117@ifset Z80
7118* Z80-Dependent:: Z80 Dependent Features
7119@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7120@ifset Z8000
7121* Z8000-Dependent:: Z8000 Dependent Features
7122@end ifset
7123@ifset VAX
7124* Vax-Dependent:: VAX Dependent Features
7125@end ifset
7126@end menu
7127
7128@lowersections
7129@end ifset
7130
7131@c The following major nodes are *sections* in the GENERIC version, *chapters*
7132@c in single-cpu versions. This is mainly achieved by @lowersections. There is a
7133@c peculiarity: to preserve cross-references, there must be a node called
7134@c "Machine Dependencies". Hence the conditional nodenames in each
7135@c major node below. Node defaulting in makeinfo requires adjacency of
7136@c node and sectioning commands; hence the repetition of @chapter BLAH
7137@c in both conditional blocks.
7138
a06ea964
NC
7139@ifset AARCH64
7140@include c-aarch64.texi
7141@end ifset
7142
625e1353
RH
7143@ifset ALPHA
7144@include c-alpha.texi
7145@end ifset
7146
7147@ifset ARC
7148@include c-arc.texi
7149@end ifset
7150
252b5132
RH
7151@ifset ARM
7152@include c-arm.texi
7153@end ifset
7154
8473f7a4
DC
7155@ifset AVR
7156@include c-avr.texi
7157@end ifset
7158
3b4e1885 7159@ifset Blackfin
07c1b327
CM
7160@include c-bfin.texi
7161@end ifset
7162
3d3d428f
NC
7163@ifset CR16
7164@include c-cr16.texi
7165@end ifset
7166
328eb32e
HPN
7167@ifset CRIS
7168@include c-cris.texi
7169@end ifset
7170
c2dcd04e 7171@ifset Renesas-all
252b5132
RH
7172@ifclear GENERIC
7173@node Machine Dependencies
7174@chapter Machine Dependent Features
7175
c2dcd04e 7176The machine instruction sets are different on each Renesas chip family,
252b5132 7177and there are also some syntax differences among the families. This
a4fb0134 7178chapter describes the specific @command{@value{AS}} features for each
252b5132
RH
7179family.
7180
7181@menu
c2dcd04e 7182* H8/300-Dependent:: Renesas H8/300 Dependent Features
c2dcd04e 7183* SH-Dependent:: Renesas SH Dependent Features
252b5132
RH
7184@end menu
7185@lowersections
7186@end ifclear
7187@end ifset
7188
7189@ifset D10V
7190@include c-d10v.texi
7191@end ifset
7192
7193@ifset D30V
7194@include c-d30v.texi
7195@end ifset
7196
cfb8c092
NC
7197@ifset EPIPHANY
7198@include c-epiphany.texi
7199@end ifset
7200
252b5132
RH
7201@ifset H8/300
7202@include c-h8300.texi
7203@end ifset
7204
252b5132
RH
7205@ifset HPPA
7206@include c-hppa.texi
7207@end ifset
7208
5b93d8bb
AM
7209@ifset I370
7210@include c-i370.texi
7211@end ifset
7212
252b5132
RH
7213@ifset I80386
7214@include c-i386.texi
7215@end ifset
7216
e3308d0d
JE
7217@ifset I860
7218@include c-i860.texi
7219@end ifset
7220
252b5132
RH
7221@ifset I960
7222@include c-i960.texi
7223@end ifset
7224
9e32ca89
NC
7225@ifset IA64
7226@include c-ia64.texi
7227@end ifset
7228
a40cbfa3
NC
7229@ifset IP2K
7230@include c-ip2k.texi
7231@end ifset
7232
84e94c90
NC
7233@ifset LM32
7234@include c-lm32.texi
7235@end ifset
7236
49f58d10
JB
7237@ifset M32C
7238@include c-m32c.texi
7239@end ifset
7240
ec694b89
NC
7241@ifset M32R
7242@include c-m32r.texi
7243@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7244
7245@ifset M680X0
7246@include c-m68k.texi
7247@end ifset
7248
60bcf0fa
NC
7249@ifset M68HC11
7250@include c-m68hc11.texi
7251@end ifset
7252
a3c62988
NC
7253@ifset METAG
7254@include c-metag.texi
7255@end ifset
7256
01642c12 7257@ifset MICROBLAZE
7ba29e2a
NC
7258@include c-microblaze.texi
7259@end ifset
7260
252b5132
RH
7261@ifset MIPS
7262@include c-mips.texi
7263@end ifset
7264
3c3bdf30
NC
7265@ifset MMIX
7266@include c-mmix.texi
7267@end ifset
7268
2469cfa2
NC
7269@ifset MSP430
7270@include c-msp430.texi
7271@end ifset
7272
252b5132
RH
7273@ifset NS32K
7274@include c-ns32k.texi
7275@end ifset
7276
e135f41b
NC
7277@ifset PDP11
7278@include c-pdp11.texi
7279@end ifset
7280
041dd5a9
ILT
7281@ifset PJ
7282@include c-pj.texi
7283@end ifset
7284
418c1742
MG
7285@ifset PPC
7286@include c-ppc.texi
7287@end ifset
7288
99c513f6
DD
7289@ifset RL78
7290@include c-rl78.texi
7291@end ifset
7292
046d31c2
NC
7293@ifset RX
7294@include c-rx.texi
7295@end ifset
7296
11c19e16
MS
7297@ifset S390
7298@include c-s390.texi
7299@end ifset
7300
c0157db4
NC
7301@ifset SCORE
7302@include c-score.texi
7303@end ifset
7304
252b5132
RH
7305@ifset SH
7306@include c-sh.texi
324bfcf3 7307@include c-sh64.texi
252b5132
RH
7308@end ifset
7309
7310@ifset SPARC
7311@include c-sparc.texi
7312@end ifset
7313
39bec121
TW
7314@ifset TIC54X
7315@include c-tic54x.texi
7316@end ifset
7317
40b36596
JM
7318@ifset TIC6X
7319@include c-tic6x.texi
7320@end ifset
7321
aa137e4d
NC
7322@ifset TILEGX
7323@include c-tilegx.texi
7324@end ifset
7325
7326@ifset TILEPRO
7327@include c-tilepro.texi
7328@end ifset
7329
3c9b82ba
NC
7330@ifset Z80
7331@include c-z80.texi
7332@end ifset
7333
252b5132
RH
7334@ifset Z8000
7335@include c-z8k.texi
7336@end ifset
7337
7338@ifset VAX
7339@include c-vax.texi
7340@end ifset
7341
7342@ifset V850
7343@include c-v850.texi
7344@end ifset
7345
f6c1a2d5
NC
7346@ifset XGATE
7347@include c-xgate.texi
7348@end ifset
7349
6753e72f
NC
7350@ifset XSTORMY16
7351@include c-xstormy16.texi
7352@end ifset
7353
e0001a05
NC
7354@ifset XTENSA
7355@include c-xtensa.texi
7356@end ifset
7357
252b5132
RH
7358@ifset GENERIC
7359@c reverse effect of @down at top of generic Machine-Dep chapter
7360@raisesections
7361@end ifset
7362
7363@node Reporting Bugs
7364@chapter Reporting Bugs
7365@cindex bugs in assembler
7366@cindex reporting bugs in assembler
7367
a4fb0134 7368Your bug reports play an essential role in making @command{@value{AS}} reliable.
252b5132
RH
7369
7370Reporting a bug may help you by bringing a solution to your problem, or it may
7371not. But in any case the principal function of a bug report is to help the
a4fb0134
SC
7372entire community by making the next version of @command{@value{AS}} work better.
7373Bug reports are your contribution to the maintenance of @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
7374
7375In order for a bug report to serve its purpose, you must include the
7376information that enables us to fix the bug.
7377
7378@menu
7379* Bug Criteria:: Have you found a bug?
7380* Bug Reporting:: How to report bugs
7381@end menu
7382
7383@node Bug Criteria
c1253627 7384@section Have You Found a Bug?
252b5132
RH
7385@cindex bug criteria
7386
7387If you are not sure whether you have found a bug, here are some guidelines:
7388
7389@itemize @bullet
7390@cindex fatal signal
7391@cindex assembler crash
7392@cindex crash of assembler
7393@item
7394If the assembler gets a fatal signal, for any input whatever, that is a
a4fb0134 7395@command{@value{AS}} bug. Reliable assemblers never crash.
252b5132
RH
7396
7397@cindex error on valid input
7398@item
a4fb0134 7399If @command{@value{AS}} produces an error message for valid input, that is a bug.
252b5132
RH
7400
7401@cindex invalid input
7402@item
a4fb0134 7403If @command{@value{AS}} does not produce an error message for invalid input, that
252b5132
RH
7404is a bug. However, you should note that your idea of ``invalid input'' might
7405be our idea of ``an extension'' or ``support for traditional practice''.
7406
7407@item
7408If you are an experienced user of assemblers, your suggestions for improvement
a4fb0134 7409of @command{@value{AS}} are welcome in any case.
252b5132
RH
7410@end itemize
7411
7412@node Bug Reporting
c1253627 7413@section How to Report Bugs
252b5132
RH
7414@cindex bug reports
7415@cindex assembler bugs, reporting
7416
7417A number of companies and individuals offer support for @sc{gnu} products. If
a4fb0134 7418you obtained @command{@value{AS}} from a support organization, we recommend you
252b5132
RH
7419contact that organization first.
7420
7421You can find contact information for many support companies and
7422individuals in the file @file{etc/SERVICE} in the @sc{gnu} Emacs
7423distribution.
7424
ad22bfe8 7425@ifset BUGURL
a4fb0134 7426In any event, we also recommend that you send bug reports for @command{@value{AS}}
ad22bfe8
JM
7427to @value{BUGURL}.
7428@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7429
7430The fundamental principle of reporting bugs usefully is this:
7431@strong{report all the facts}. If you are not sure whether to state a
7432fact or leave it out, state it!
7433
7434Often people omit facts because they think they know what causes the problem
7435and assume that some details do not matter. Thus, you might assume that the
7436name of a symbol you use in an example does not matter. Well, probably it does
7437not, but one cannot be sure. Perhaps the bug is a stray memory reference which
7438happens to fetch from the location where that name is stored in memory;
7439perhaps, if the name were different, the contents of that location would fool
7440the assembler into doing the right thing despite the bug. Play it safe and
7441give a specific, complete example. That is the easiest thing for you to do,
7442and the most helpful.
7443
7444Keep in mind that the purpose of a bug report is to enable us to fix the bug if
7445it is new to us. Therefore, always write your bug reports on the assumption
7446that the bug has not been reported previously.
7447
7448Sometimes people give a few sketchy facts and ask, ``Does this ring a
c1253627
NC
7449bell?'' This cannot help us fix a bug, so it is basically useless. We
7450respond by asking for enough details to enable us to investigate.
7451You might as well expedite matters by sending them to begin with.
252b5132
RH
7452
7453To enable us to fix the bug, you should include all these things:
7454
7455@itemize @bullet
7456@item
a4fb0134 7457The version of @command{@value{AS}}. @command{@value{AS}} announces it if you start
252b5132
RH
7458it with the @samp{--version} argument.
7459
7460Without this, we will not know whether there is any point in looking for
a4fb0134 7461the bug in the current version of @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
7462
7463@item
a4fb0134 7464Any patches you may have applied to the @command{@value{AS}} source.
252b5132
RH
7465
7466@item
7467The type of machine you are using, and the operating system name and
7468version number.
7469
7470@item
a4fb0134 7471What compiler (and its version) was used to compile @command{@value{AS}}---e.g.
252b5132
RH
7472``@code{gcc-2.7}''.
7473
7474@item
7475The command arguments you gave the assembler to assemble your example and
7476observe the bug. To guarantee you will not omit something important, list them
7477all. A copy of the Makefile (or the output from make) is sufficient.
7478
7479If we were to try to guess the arguments, we would probably guess wrong
7480and then we might not encounter the bug.
7481
7482@item
7483A complete input file that will reproduce the bug. If the bug is observed when
7484the assembler is invoked via a compiler, send the assembler source, not the
7485high level language source. Most compilers will produce the assembler source
7486when run with the @samp{-S} option. If you are using @code{@value{GCC}}, use
7487the options @samp{-v --save-temps}; this will save the assembler source in a
7488file with an extension of @file{.s}, and also show you exactly how
a4fb0134 7489@command{@value{AS}} is being run.
252b5132
RH
7490
7491@item
7492A description of what behavior you observe that you believe is
7493incorrect. For example, ``It gets a fatal signal.''
7494
a4fb0134 7495Of course, if the bug is that @command{@value{AS}} gets a fatal signal, then we
252b5132
RH
7496will certainly notice it. But if the bug is incorrect output, we might not
7497notice unless it is glaringly wrong. You might as well not give us a chance to
7498make a mistake.
7499
7500Even if the problem you experience is a fatal signal, you should still say so
7501explicitly. Suppose something strange is going on, such as, your copy of
b45619c0 7502@command{@value{AS}} is out of sync, or you have encountered a bug in the C
252b5132
RH
7503library on your system. (This has happened!) Your copy might crash and ours
7504would not. If you told us to expect a crash, then when ours fails to crash, we
7505would know that the bug was not happening for us. If you had not told us to
7506expect a crash, then we would not be able to draw any conclusion from our
7507observations.
7508
7509@item
a4fb0134 7510If you wish to suggest changes to the @command{@value{AS}} source, send us context
252b5132
RH
7511diffs, as generated by @code{diff} with the @samp{-u}, @samp{-c}, or @samp{-p}
7512option. Always send diffs from the old file to the new file. If you even
a4fb0134 7513discuss something in the @command{@value{AS}} source, refer to it by context, not
252b5132
RH
7514by line number.
7515
7516The line numbers in our development sources will not match those in your
7517sources. Your line numbers would convey no useful information to us.
7518@end itemize
7519
7520Here are some things that are not necessary:
7521
7522@itemize @bullet
7523@item
7524A description of the envelope of the bug.
7525
7526Often people who encounter a bug spend a lot of time investigating
7527which changes to the input file will make the bug go away and which
7528changes will not affect it.
7529
7530This is often time consuming and not very useful, because the way we
7531will find the bug is by running a single example under the debugger
7532with breakpoints, not by pure deduction from a series of examples.
7533We recommend that you save your time for something else.
7534
7535Of course, if you can find a simpler example to report @emph{instead}
7536of the original one, that is a convenience for us. Errors in the
7537output will be easier to spot, running under the debugger will take
7538less time, and so on.
7539
7540However, simplification is not vital; if you do not want to do this,
7541report the bug anyway and send us the entire test case you used.
7542
7543@item
7544A patch for the bug.
7545
7546A patch for the bug does help us if it is a good one. But do not omit
7547the necessary information, such as the test case, on the assumption that
7548a patch is all we need. We might see problems with your patch and decide
7549to fix the problem another way, or we might not understand it at all.
7550
a4fb0134 7551Sometimes with a program as complicated as @command{@value{AS}} it is very hard to
252b5132
RH
7552construct an example that will make the program follow a certain path through
7553the code. If you do not send us the example, we will not be able to construct
7554one, so we will not be able to verify that the bug is fixed.
7555
7556And if we cannot understand what bug you are trying to fix, or why your
7557patch should be an improvement, we will not install it. A test case will
7558help us to understand.
7559
7560@item
7561A guess about what the bug is or what it depends on.
7562
7563Such guesses are usually wrong. Even we cannot guess right about such
7564things without first using the debugger to find the facts.
7565@end itemize
7566
7567@node Acknowledgements
7568@chapter Acknowledgements
7569
653cfe85 7570If you have contributed to GAS and your name isn't listed here,
252b5132 7571it is not meant as a slight. We just don't know about it. Send mail to the
01642c12 7572maintainer, and we'll correct the situation. Currently
3bfcb652
NC
7573@c (October 2012),
7574the maintainer is Nick Clifton (email address @code{nickc@@redhat.com}).
252b5132
RH
7575
7576Dean Elsner wrote the original @sc{gnu} assembler for the VAX.@footnote{Any
7577more details?}
7578
7579Jay Fenlason maintained GAS for a while, adding support for GDB-specific debug
7580information and the 68k series machines, most of the preprocessing pass, and
7581extensive changes in @file{messages.c}, @file{input-file.c}, @file{write.c}.
7582
7583K. Richard Pixley maintained GAS for a while, adding various enhancements and
7584many bug fixes, including merging support for several processors, breaking GAS
7585up to handle multiple object file format back ends (including heavy rewrite,
7586testing, an integration of the coff and b.out back ends), adding configuration
7587including heavy testing and verification of cross assemblers and file splits
7588and renaming, converted GAS to strictly ANSI C including full prototypes, added
7589support for m680[34]0 and cpu32, did considerable work on i960 including a COFF
7590port (including considerable amounts of reverse engineering), a SPARC opcode
7591file rewrite, DECstation, rs6000, and hp300hpux host ports, updated ``know''
7592assertions and made them work, much other reorganization, cleanup, and lint.
7593
7594Ken Raeburn wrote the high-level BFD interface code to replace most of the code
7595in format-specific I/O modules.
7596
7597The original VMS support was contributed by David L. Kashtan. Eric Youngdale
7598has done much work with it since.
7599
7600The Intel 80386 machine description was written by Eliot Dresselhaus.
7601
7602Minh Tran-Le at IntelliCorp contributed some AIX 386 support.
7603
7604The Motorola 88k machine description was contributed by Devon Bowen of Buffalo
7605University and Torbjorn Granlund of the Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
7606
7607Keith Knowles at the Open Software Foundation wrote the original MIPS back end
7608(@file{tc-mips.c}, @file{tc-mips.h}), and contributed Rose format support
7609(which hasn't been merged in yet). Ralph Campbell worked with the MIPS code to
7610support a.out format.
7611
7be1c489
AM
7612Support for the Zilog Z8k and Renesas H8/300 processors (tc-z8k,
7613tc-h8300), and IEEE 695 object file format (obj-ieee), was written by
252b5132
RH
7614Steve Chamberlain of Cygnus Support. Steve also modified the COFF back end to
7615use BFD for some low-level operations, for use with the H8/300 and AMD 29k
7616targets.
7617
7618John Gilmore built the AMD 29000 support, added @code{.include} support, and
7619simplified the configuration of which versions accept which directives. He
7620updated the 68k machine description so that Motorola's opcodes always produced
c1253627 7621fixed-size instructions (e.g., @code{jsr}), while synthetic instructions
252b5132
RH
7622remained shrinkable (@code{jbsr}). John fixed many bugs, including true tested
7623cross-compilation support, and one bug in relaxation that took a week and
7624required the proverbial one-bit fix.
7625
7626Ian Lance Taylor of Cygnus Support merged the Motorola and MIT syntax for the
762768k, completed support for some COFF targets (68k, i386 SVR3, and SCO Unix),
7628added support for MIPS ECOFF and ELF targets, wrote the initial RS/6000 and
7629PowerPC assembler, and made a few other minor patches.
7630
653cfe85 7631Steve Chamberlain made GAS able to generate listings.
252b5132
RH
7632
7633Hewlett-Packard contributed support for the HP9000/300.
7634
7635Jeff Law wrote GAS and BFD support for the native HPPA object format (SOM)
7636along with a fairly extensive HPPA testsuite (for both SOM and ELF object
7637formats). This work was supported by both the Center for Software Science at
7638the University of Utah and Cygnus Support.
7639
7640Support for ELF format files has been worked on by Mark Eichin of Cygnus
7641Support (original, incomplete implementation for SPARC), Pete Hoogenboom and
7642Jeff Law at the University of Utah (HPPA mainly), Michael Meissner of the Open
7643Software Foundation (i386 mainly), and Ken Raeburn of Cygnus Support (sparc,
7644and some initial 64-bit support).
7645
c1253627 7646Linas Vepstas added GAS support for the ESA/390 ``IBM 370'' architecture.
5b93d8bb 7647
252b5132
RH
7648Richard Henderson rewrote the Alpha assembler. Klaus Kaempf wrote GAS and BFD
7649support for openVMS/Alpha.
7650
39bec121
TW
7651Timothy Wall, Michael Hayes, and Greg Smart contributed to the various tic*
7652flavors.
7653
e0001a05 7654David Heine, Sterling Augustine, Bob Wilson and John Ruttenberg from Tensilica,
b45619c0 7655Inc.@: added support for Xtensa processors.
e0001a05 7656
252b5132
RH
7657Several engineers at Cygnus Support have also provided many small bug fixes and
7658configuration enhancements.
7659
84e94c90
NC
7660Jon Beniston added support for the Lattice Mico32 architecture.
7661
252b5132
RH
7662Many others have contributed large or small bugfixes and enhancements. If
7663you have contributed significant work and are not mentioned on this list, and
7664want to be, let us know. Some of the history has been lost; we are not
7665intentionally leaving anyone out.
7666
793c5807
NC
7667@node GNU Free Documentation License
7668@appendix GNU Free Documentation License
c1253627 7669@include fdl.texi
cf055d54 7670
370b66a1
CD
7671@node AS Index
7672@unnumbered AS Index
252b5132
RH
7673
7674@printindex cp
7675
252b5132
RH
7676@bye
7677@c Local Variables:
7678@c fill-column: 79
7679@c End: